TITLE 'OS - Operating System' SUBTTL ' ' LIST -F,-M SPACE 4,10 *** Copyright 1982 ATARI. Unauthorized reproduction, adaptation, * distribution, performance or display of this computer program * or the associated audiovisual work is strictly prohibited. SPACE 4,10 *** OS - Operating System * * NOTES * This represents an attempt to bring the OS : * into conformance with the Atari Internal So: * Standards as defined in the Software Develo: * Committee Report on Procedures And Standard: * (10/27/81). Due to time constraints, the e: * source could not be brought up to the stand: * particularly in the area of subroutine head: * documentation (ENTRY, EXIT, CHANGES and CAL: * More complete and consistent conformance to: * standard is planned for the next revision o: * Operating System (Revision 3). * * MODS * Revision A (400/800) * D. Crane/A. Miller/L. Kaplan/R. Whitehead * * Revision B (400/800) * Fix several problems. * M. Mahar/R. S. Scheiman * * Revision 10 (1200XL) * Support 1200XL, add new features. * H. Stewart/L. Winner/R. S. Scheiman/ * Y. M. Chen/M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * * Revision 11 (1200XL) * Fix several problems. * R. S. Scheiman 12/23/82 * * Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPACE 4,10 ** Program Structure * * The sections of the OS appear in the following order with * corresponding subtitles: * * Equates and Definitions * * System Symbol Equates * System Address Equates * Miscellaneous Address Equates * Macro Definitions * * Code and Data * * First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum * * Interrupt Handler * Initialization * Disk Input/Ouput * Relocating Loader * Self-test, Part 1 * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1 * * International Character Set * * Self-test, Part 2 * Floating Point Package * * Domestic Character Set * * Device Handler Vector Tables * Jump Vectors * * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2 * $E4C0 Patch * Central Input/Output * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3 * $E912 Patch * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4 * $E959 Patch * Serial Input/Output * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1 * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5 * $EF6B Patch * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2 * $F223 Patch * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3 * $FCD8 Patch * Cassette Handler * Printer Handler * Self-test, Part 3 * * Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum * 6502 Machine Vectors SUBTTL 'System Symbol Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Assembly Option Equates FALSE EQU 0 TRUE EQU not FALSE VGC SET TRUE ;virtual game controllers RAMSYS SET FALSE ;not RAM based system LNBUG SET FALSE ;no LNBUG interface ACMI SET FALSE ;no asynchronous communications mod: SPACE 4,10 ** Identification Equates IDREV EQU 11 ;identification revision number IDDAY EQU $23 ;identification day IDMON EQU $12 ;identification month IDYEAR EQU $82 ;identification year IDCPU EQU $01 ;identification CPU series IDPN1 EQU 'A' ;identification part number field 1 IDPN2 EQU 'A' ;identification part number field 2 IDPN3 EQU $00 ;identification part number field 3 IDPN4 EQU $00 ;identification part number field 4 IDPN5 EQU $01 ;identification part number field 5 SPACE 4,10 ** Configuration Equates * * NOTES * Problem: last byte of HATABS (as defined by: * overlaps first power-up validation byte. MAXDEV EQU 33 ;offset to last possible entry of HATABS IOCBSZ EQU 16 ;length of IOCB SEIOCB EQU 0*IOCBSZ ;screen editor IOCB index MAXIOC EQU 8*IOCBSZ ;first invalid IOCB index DSCTSZ EQU 128 ;disk sector size LEDGE EQU 2 ;left edge REDGE EQU 39 ;right edge INIML EQU $0700 ;initial MEMLO ICSORG EQU $CC00 ;international character set origin DCSORG EQU $E000 ;domestic character set origin SPACE 4,10 ** IOCB Command Code Equates OPEN EQU $03 ;open GETREC EQU $05 ;get record GETCHR EQU $07 ;get character(s) PUTREC EQU $09 ;put record PUTCHR EQU $0B ;put character(s) CLOSE EQU $0C ;close STATIS EQU $0D ;status SPECIL EQU $0E ;special SPACE 4,10 ** Special Entry Command Equates ; Screen Commands DRAWLN EQU $11 ;draw line FILLIN EQU $12 ;draw line with right fill SPACE 4,10 ** ICAX1 Auxiliary Byte 1 Equates APPEND EQU $01 ;open write append (D:) or screen read (E:) DIRECT EQU $02 ;open for directory access (D:) OPNIN EQU $04 ;open for input (all devices) OPNOT EQU $08 ;open for output (all devices) MXDMOD EQU $10 ;open for mixed mode (E:, S:) INSCLR EQU $20 ;open for input without clearing screen (E:, S:) SPACE 4,10 ** Device Code Equates CASSET EQU 'C' ;cassette DISK EQU 'D' ;disk SCREDT EQU 'E' ;screen editor KBD EQU 'K' ;keyboard PRINTR EQU 'P' ;printer DISPLY EQU 'S' ;screen display SPACE 4,10 ** Character and Key Code Equates CLS EQU $7D ;clear screen EOL EQU $9B ;end of line (RETURN) HELP EQU $11 ;key code for HELP CNTLF1 EQU $83 ;key code for CTRL-F1 CNTLF2 EQU $84 ;key code for CTRL-F2 CNTLF3 EQU $93 ;key code for CTRL-F3 CNTLF4 EQU $94 ;key code for CTRL-F4 CNTL1 EQU $9F ;key code for CTRL-1 SPACE 4,10 ** Status Code Equates SUCCES EQU 1 ;successful operation BRKABT EQU 128 ;BREAK key abort PRVOPN EQU 129 ;IOCB already open error NONDEV EQU 130 ;nonexistent device error WRONLY EQU 131 ;IOCB opened for write only error NVALID EQU 132 ;invalid command error NOTOPN EQU 133 ;device/file not open error BADIOC EQU 134 ;invalid IOCB index error RDONLY EQU 135 ;IOCB opened for read only error EOFERR EQU 136 ;end of file error TRNRCD EQU 137 ;truncated record error TIMOUT EQU 138 ;peripheral device timeout error DNACK EQU 139 ;device does not acknowledge command error FRMERR EQU 140 ;serial bus framing error CRSROR EQU 141 ;cursor overrange error OVRRUN EQU 142 ;serial bus data overrun error CHKERR EQU 143 ;serial bus checksum error DERROR EQU 144 ;device done (operation incomplete) error BADMOD EQU 145 ;bad screen mode number error FNCNOT EQU 146 ;function not implemented in handler error SCRMEM EQU 147 ;insufficient memory for screen mode error ** DCB Device Bus ID Equates DISKID EQU $31 ;disk bus ID PDEVN EQU $40 ;printer bus ID CASET EQU $60 ;cassette bus ID SPACE 4,10 ** Bus Command Equates FOMAT EQU '!' ;format command PUTSEC EQU 'P' ;put sector command READ EQU 'R' ;read command STATC EQU 'S' ;status command WRITE EQU 'W' ;write command SPACE 4,10 ** Command Auxiliary Byte Equates DOUBLE EQU 'D' ;print 20 characters double width NORMAL EQU 'N' ;print 40 characters normally PLOT EQU 'P' ;plot SIDWAY EQU 'S' ;print 16 characters sideways SPACE 4,10 ** Bus Response Equates ACK EQU 'A' ;device acknowledged COMPLT EQU 'C' ;device successfully completed operation ERROR EQU 'E' ;device incurred error in attempted operation NACK EQU 'N' ;device did not understand SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Miscellaneous Equates FPREC EQU 6 ;precision FMPREC EQU FPREC-1 ;length of mantissa SPACE 4,10 ** Cassette Record Type Equates HDR EQU $FB ;header DTA EQU $FC ;data record DT1 EQU $FA ;last data record EOT EQU $FE ;end of tape (file) TONE1 EQU 2 ;record TONE2 EQU 1 ;playback SPACE 4,10 ** Cassette Timing Equates WLEADN EQU 1152 ;NTSC 19.2 second WRITE file leader RLEADN EQU 576 ;NTSC 9.6 second READ file leader WIRGLN EQU 180 ;NTSC 3.0 second WRITE IRG RIRGLN EQU 120 ;NTSC 2.0 second READ IRG WSIRGN EQU 15 ;NTSC 0.25 second WRITE short IRG RSIRGN EQU 10 ;NTSC 0.16 second READ short IRG BEEPNN EQU 30 ;NTSC 0.5 second beep duration BEEPFN EQU 10 ;NTSC 0.16 second beep separation WLEADP EQU 960 ;PAL 19.2 second WRITE file leader RLEADP EQU 480 ;PAL 9.6 second READ file leader WIRGLP EQU 150 ;PAL 3.0 second WRITE IRG RIRGLP EQU 100 ;PAL 2.0 second READ IRG WSIRGP EQU 13 ;PAL 0.25 second WRITE short IRG RSIRGP EQU 8 ;PAL 0.16 second READ short IRG BEEPNP EQU 25 ;PAL 0.5 second beep duration BEEPFP EQU 8 ;PAL 0.16 second beep separation WIRGHI EQU 0 ;high WRITE IRG RIRGHI EQU 0 ;high READ IRG SPACE 4,10 ** Power-up Validation Byte Value Equates PUPVL1 EQU $5C ;power-up validation value 1 PUPVL2 EQU $93 ;power-up validation value 2 PUPVL3 EQU $25 ;power-up validation value 3 SPACE 4,10 ** Relocating Loader Miscellaneous Equates DATAER EQU 156 ;end of record appears before END r: MEMERR EQU 157 ;memory insufficient for load error SPACE 4,10 ** Miscellaneous Equates IOCFRE EQU $FF ;IOCB free indicator B19200 EQU $0028 ;19200 baud POKEY counter value B00600 EQU $05CC ;600 baud POKEY counter value HITONE EQU $05 ;FSK high freq. POKEY counter value (5326 Hz) LOTONE EQU $07 ;FSK low freq. POKEY counter value (3995 Hz) NCOMLO EQU $34 ;PIA lower NOT COMMAND line command NCOMHI EQU $3C ;PIA raise NOT COMMAND line command MOTRGO EQU $34 ;PIA cassette motor ON command MOTRST EQU $3C ;PIA cassette motor OFF command NODAT EQU $00 ;SIO immediate operation GETDAT EQU $40 ;SIO read data frame PUTDAT EQU $80 ;SIO write data frame CRETRI EQU 13 ;number of command frame retries DRETRI EQU 1 ;number of device retries CTIM EQU 2 ;command frame ACK timeout NBUFSZ EQU 40 ;print normal buffer size DBUFSZ EQU 20 ;print double buffer size SBUFSZ EQU 29 ;print sideways buffer size SUBTTL 'System Address Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Page Zero Address Equates LNFLG EQU $0000 ;1-byte LNBUG flag (0 = not LNBUG) NGFLAG EQU $0001 ;1-byte memory status (0 = failure) ; Not Cleared CASINI EQU $0002 ;2-byte cassette program initialization address RAMLO EQU $0004 ;2-byte RAM address for memory test TRAMSZ EQU $0006 ;1-byte RAM size temporary CMCMD EQU $0007 ;1-byte command communications ; Cleared upon Coldstart Only WARMST EQU $0008 ;1-byte warmstart flag (0 = coldstart) BOOT? EQU $0009 ;1-byte successful boot flags DOSVEC EQU $000A ;2-byte disk program start vector DOSINI EQU $000C ;2-byte disk program initialization address APPMHI EQU $000E ;2-byte applications memory high limit ; Cleared upon Coldstart or Warmstart INTZBS EQU $0010 ;first page zero location to clear POKMSK EQU $0010 ;1-byte IRQEN shadow BRKKEY EQU $0011 ;1-byte BREAK key flag (0 = no BREAK) RTCLOK EQU $0012 ;3-byte real time clock (16 millisecond units) BUFADR EQU $0015 ;2-byte disk interface buffer address ICCOMT EQU $0017 ;1-byte CIO command table index DSKFMS EQU $0018 ;2-byte DOS File Management System pointer DSKUTL EQU $001A ;2-byte DOS utility pointer ABUFPT EQU $001C ;4-byte ACMI buffer pointer area ZIOCB EQU $0020 ;address of page zero IOCB IOCBAS EQU $0020 ;16-byte page zero IOCB ICHIDZ EQU $0020 ;1-byte handler ID ($FF = IOCB free) ICDNOZ EQU $0021 ;1-byte device number ICCOMZ EQU $0022 ;1-byte command code ICSTAZ EQU $0023 ;1-byte status of last action ICBALZ EQU $0024 ;1-byte low buffer address ICBAHZ EQU $0025 ;1-byte high buffer address ICPTLZ EQU $0026 ;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICPTHZ EQU $0027 ;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICBLLZ EQU $0028 ;1-byte low buffer length ICBLHZ EQU $0029 ;1-byte high buffer length ICAX1Z EQU $002A ;1-byte first auxiliary information ICAX2Z EQU $002B ;1-byte second auxiliary information ICSPRZ EQU $002C ;4-byte spares ENTVEC EQU $002C ;2-byte (not used) ICIDNO EQU $002E ;1-byte IOCB index (IOCB number times IOCBSZ) CIOCHR EQU $002F ;1-byte character for current CIO operation STATUS EQU $0030 ;1-byte SIO operation status CHKSUM EQU $0031 ;1-byte checksum (single byte sum with carry) BUFRLO EQU $0032 ;1-byte low data buffer address BUFRHI EQU $0033 ;1-byte high data buffer address BFENLO EQU $0034 ;1-byte low data buffer end address BFENHI EQU $0035 ;1-byte high data buffer end address LTEMP EQU $0036 ;2-byte relocating loader temporary BUFRFL EQU $0038 ;1-byte data buffer full flag (0 = not full) RECVDN EQU $0039 ;1-byte receive-frame done flag (0 = not done) XMTDON EQU $003A ;1-byte transmit-frame done flag (0 = not done) CHKSNT EQU $003B ;1-byte checksum sent flag (0 = not sent) NOCKSM EQU $003C ;1-byte no checksum follows data flag (0 = does) BPTR EQU $003D ;1-byte cassette buffer pointer FTYPE EQU $003E ;1-byte cassette IRG type (neg. = continuous) FEOF EQU $003F ;1-byte cassette EOF flag (0 = no EOF) FREQ EQU $0040 ;1-byte cassette beep counter SOUNDR EQU $0041 ;1-byte noisy I/O flag (0 = quiet) CRITIC EQU $0042 ;1-byte critical section flag (0 = not critical) FMSZPG EQU $0043 ;7-byte reserved for DOS File Management System ZCHAIN EQU $004A ;2-byte handler linkage chain point: DSTAT EQU $004C ;1-byte display status ATRACT EQU $004D ;1-byte attract-mode timer and flag DRKMSK EQU $004E ;1-byte attract-mode dark (luminance) mask COLRSH EQU $004F ;1-byte attract-mode color shift TMPCHR EQU $0050 ;1-byte temporary character HOLD1 EQU $0051 ;1-byte temporary LMARGN EQU $0052 ;1-byte text column left margin RMARGN EQU $0053 ;1-byte text column right margin ROWCRS EQU $0054 ;1-byte cursor row COLCRS EQU $0055 ;2-byte cursor column DINDEX EQU $0057 ;1-byte display mode SAVMSC EQU $0058 ;2-byte saved memory scan counter OLDROW EQU $005A ;1-byte prior row OLDCOL EQU $005B ;2-byte prior column OLDCHR EQU $005D ;1-byte saved character under cursor OLDADR EQU $005E ;2-byte saved cursor memory address FKDEF EQU $0060 ;2-byte function key definition tab: PALNTS EQU $0062 ;1-byte PAL/NTSC indicator (0 = NTS: LOGCOL EQU $0063 ;1-byte logical line cursor column ADRESS EQU $0064 ;2-byte temporary address MLTTMP EQU $0066 ;1-byte temporary OPNTMP EQU $0066 ;1-byte open temporary TOADR EQU $0066 ;2-byte destination address SAVADR EQU $0068 ;2-byte saved address FRMADR EQU $0068 ;2-byte source address RAMTOP EQU $006A ;1-byte RAM size BUFCNT EQU $006B ;1-byte buffer count (logical line size) BUFSTR EQU $006C ;2-byte buffer start pointer BITMSK EQU $006E ;1-byte bit mask for bit map operation SHFAMT EQU $006F ;1-byte shift amount for pixel justification ROWAC EQU $0070 ;2-byte draw working row COLAC EQU $0072 ;2-byte draw working column ENDPT EQU $0074 ;2-byte end point DELTAR EQU $0076 ;1-byte row difference DELTAC EQU $0077 ;2-byte column difference KEYDEF EQU $0079 ;2-byte key definition table addres: SWPFLG EQU $007B ;1-byte split screen swap flag (0 = not swapped) HOLDCH EQU $007C ;1-byte temporary character INSDAT EQU $007D ;1-byte temporary COUNTR EQU $007E ;2-byte draw iteration count ; Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package ; EQU $0080 ;128 bytes reserved for application and FPP SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Page Zero Address Equates FR0 EQU $00D4 ;6-byte register 0 FR0M EQU $00D5 ;5-byte register 0 mantissa QTEMP EQU $00D9 ;1-byte temporary FRE EQU $00DA ;6-byte (internal) register E FR1 EQU $00E0 ;6-byte register 1 FR1M EQU $00E1 ;5-byte register 1 mantissa FR2 EQU $00E6 ;6-byte (internal) register 2 FRX EQU $00EC ;1-byte temporary EEXP EQU $00ED ;1-byte value of exponent FRSIGN EQU $00EE ;1-byte floating point sign NSIGN EQU $00EE ;1-byte sign of number PLYCNT EQU $00EF ;1-byte polynomial degree ESIGN EQU $00EF ;1-byte sign of exponent SGNFLG EQU $00F0 ;1-byte sign flag FCHFLG EQU $00F0 ;1-byte first character flag XFMFLG EQU $00F1 ;1-byte transform flag DIGRT EQU $00F1 ;1-byte number of digits after decimal point CIX EQU $00F2 ;1-byte current input index INBUFF EQU $00F3 ;2-byte line input buffer ZTEMP1 EQU $00F5 ;2-byte temporary ZTEMP4 EQU $00F7 ;2-byte temporary ZTEMP3 EQU $00F9 ;2-byte temporary FLPTR EQU $00FC ;2-byte floating point number pointer FPTR2 EQU $00FE ;2-byte floating point number pointer SPACE 4,10 ** Page One (Stack) Address Equates ; EQU $0100 ;256-byte stack SPACE 4,10 ** Page Two Address Equates INTABS EQU $0200 ;42-byte interrupt handler table VDSLST EQU $0200 ;2-byte display list NMI vector VPRCED EQU $0202 ;2-byte serial I/O proceed line IRQ vector VINTER EQU $0204 ;2-byte serial I/O interrupt line IRQ vector VBREAK EQU $0206 ;2-byte BRK instruction IRQ vector VKEYBD EQU $0208 ;2-byte keyboard IRQ vector VSERIN EQU $020A ;2-byte serial input ready IRQ vector VSEROR EQU $020C ;2-byte serial output ready IRQ vector VSEROC EQU $020E ;2-byte serial output complete IRQ vector VTIMR1 EQU $0210 ;2-byte POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector VTIMR2 EQU $0212 ;2-byte POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector VTIMR4 EQU $0214 ;2-byte POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector VIMIRQ EQU $0216 ;2-byte immediate IRQ vector CDTMV1 EQU $0218 ;2-byte countdown timer 1 value CDTMV2 EQU $021A ;2-byte countdown timer 2 value CDTMV3 EQU $021C ;2-byte countdown timer 3 value CDTMV4 EQU $021E ;2-byte countdown timer 4 value CDTMV5 EQU $0220 ;2-byte countdown timer 5 value VVBLKI EQU $0222 ;2-byte immediate VBLANK NMI vector VVBLKD EQU $0224 ;2-byte deferred VBLANK NMI vector CDTMA1 EQU $0226 ;2-byte countdown timer 1 vector CDTMA2 EQU $0228 ;2-byte countdown timer 2 vector CDTMF3 EQU $022A ;1-byte countdown timer 3 flag (0 = expired) SRTIMR EQU $022B ;1-byte software key repeat timer CDTMF4 EQU $022C ;1-byte countdown timer 4 flag (0 = expired) INTEMP EQU $022D ;1-byte temporary CDTMF5 EQU $022E ;1-byte countdown timer 5 flag (0 = expired) SDMCTL EQU $022F ;1-byte DMACTL shadow SDLSTL EQU $0230 ;1-byte DLISTL shadow SDLSTH EQU $0231 ;1-byte DLISTH shadow SSKCTL EQU $0232 ;1-byte SKCTL shadow LCOUNT EQU $0233 ;1-byte relocating loader record le: LPENH EQU $0234 ;1-byte light pen horizontal value LPENV EQU $0235 ;1-byte light pen vertical value BRKKY EQU $0236 ;2-byte BREAK key vector RELADR EQU $0238 ;2-byte relocating loader relative : CDEVIC EQU $023A ;1-byte command frame device ID CCOMND EQU $023B ;1-byte command frame command CAUX1 EQU $023C ;1-byte command auxiliary 1 CAUX2 EQU $023D ;1-byte command auxiliary 2 TEMP EQU $023E ;1-byte temporary ASSERT low TEMP<>$FF ;may not be the last word on a page ERRFLG EQU $023F ;1-byte I/O error flag (0 = no error) ASSERT low ERRFLG<>$FF ;may not be the last word on a page DFLAGS EQU $0240 ;1-byte disk flags from sector 1 DBSECT EQU $0241 ;1-byte disk boot sector count BOOTAD EQU $0242 ;2-byte disk boot memory address COLDST EQU $0244 ;1-byte coldstart flag (0 = complete) RECLEN EQU $0245 ;1-byte relocating loader record le: DSKTIM EQU $0246 ;1-byte disk format timeout ; EQU $0247 ;13 bytes reserved for Atari ; EQU $0254 ;23 bytes reserved for Atari CHSALT EQU $026B ;1-byte character set alternate VSFLAG EQU $026C ;1-byte fine vertical scroll count KEYDIS EQU $026D ;1-byte keyboard disable FINE EQU $026E ;1-byte fine scrolling mode GPRIOR EQU $026F ;1-byte PRIOR shadow PADDL0 EQU $0270 ;1-byte potentiometer 0 PADDL1 EQU $0271 ;1-byte potentiometer 1 PADDL2 EQU $0272 ;1-byte potentiometer 2 PADDL3 EQU $0273 ;1-byte potentiometer 3 PADDL4 EQU $0274 ;1-byte potentiometer 4 PADDL5 EQU $0275 ;1-byte potentiometer 5 PADDL6 EQU $0276 ;1-byte potentiometer 6 PADDL7 EQU $0277 ;1-byte potentiometer 7 STICK0 EQU $0278 ;1-byte joystick 0 STICK1 EQU $0279 ;1-byte joystick 1 STICK2 EQU $027A ;1-byte joystick 2 STICK3 EQU $027B ;1-byte joystick 3 PTRIG0 EQU $027C ;1-byte paddle trigger 0 PTRIG1 EQU $027D ;1-byte paddle trigger 1 PTRIG2 EQU $027E ;1-byte paddle trigger 2 PTRIG3 EQU $027F ;1-byte paddle trigger 3 PTRIG4 EQU $0280 ;1-byte paddle trigger 4 PTRIG5 EQU $0281 ;1-byte paddle trigger 5 PTRIG6 EQU $0282 ;1-byte paddle trigger 6 PTRIG7 EQU $0283 ;1-byte paddle trigger 7 STRIG0 EQU $0284 ;1-byte joystick trigger 0 STRIG1 EQU $0285 ;1-byte joystick trigger 1 STRIG2 EQU $0286 ;1-byte joystick trigger 2 STRIG3 EQU $0287 ;1-byte joystick trigger 3 HIBYTE EQU $0288 ;1-byte relocating loader high byte: WMODE EQU $0289 ;1-byte cassette WRITE mode ($80 = writing) BLIM EQU $028A ;1-byte cassette buffer limit IMASK EQU $028B ;1-byte (not used) JVECK EQU $028C ;2-byte jump vector or temporary NEWADR EQU $028E ;2-byte relocating address TXTROW EQU $0290 ;1-byte split screen text cursor row TXTCOL EQU $0291 ;2-byte split screen text cursor column TINDEX EQU $0293 ;1-byte split scree text mode TXTMSC EQU $0294 ;2-byte split screen memory scan counter TXTOLD EQU $0296 ;6-byte OLDROW, OLDCOL, OLDCHR, OLDADR for text CRETRY EQU $029C ;1-byte number of command frame ret: HOLD3 EQU $029D ;1-byte temporary SUBTMP EQU $029E ;1-byte temporary HOLD2 EQU $029F ;1-byte (not used) DMASK EQU $02A0 ;1-byte display (pixel location) mask TMPLBT EQU $02A1 ;1-byte (not used) ESCFLG EQU $02A2 ;1-byte escape flag ($80 = ESC detected) TABMAP EQU $02A3 ;15-byte (120-bit) tab stop bit map LOGMAP EQU $02B2 ;8-byte (32-bit) logical line bit map INVFLG EQU $02B6 ;1-byte inverse video flag ($80 = inverse) FILFLG EQU $02B7 ;1-byte right fill flag (0 = no fill) TMPROW EQU $02B8 ;1-byte temporary row TMPCOL EQU $02B9 ;2-byte temporary column SCRFLG EQU $02BB ;1-byte scroll occurence flag (0 = not occurred) HOLD4 EQU $02BC ;1-byte temporary DRETRY EQU $02BD ;1-byte number of device retries SHFLOK EQU $02BE ;1-byte shift/control lock flags BOTSCR EQU $02BF ;1-byte screen bottom (24 = normal, 4 = split) PCOLR0 EQU $02C0 ;1-byte player-missle 0 color/luminance PCOLR1 EQU $02C1 ;1-byte player-missle 1 color/luminance PCOLR2 EQU $02C2 ;1-byte player-missle 2 color/luminance PCOLR3 EQU $02C3 ;1-byte player-missle 3 color/luminance COLOR0 EQU $02C4 ;1-byte playfield 0 color/luminance COLOR1 EQU $02C5 ;1-byte playfield 1 color/luminance COLOR2 EQU $02C6 ;1-byte playfield 2 color/luminance COLOR3 EQU $02C7 ;1-byte playfield 3 color/luminance COLOR4 EQU $02C8 ;1-byte background color/luminance PARMBL EQU $02C9 ;6-byte relocating loader parameter: RUNADR EQU $02C9 ;2-byte run address HIUSED EQU $02CB ;2-byte highest non-zero page addre: ZHIUSE EQU $02CD ;2-byte highest zero page address OLDPAR EQU $02CF ;6-byte relocating loader parameter: GBYTEA EQU $02CF ;2-byte GET-BYTE routine address LOADAD EQU $02D1 ;2-byte non-zero page load address ZLOADA EQU $02D3 ;2-byte zero page load address DSCTLN EQU $02D5 ;2-byte disk sector length ACMISR EQU $02D7 ;2-byte ACMI interrupt service rout: KRPDEL EQU $02D9 ;1-byte auto-repeat delay KEYREP EQU $02DA ;1-byte auto-repeat rate NOCLIK EQU $02DB ;1-byte key click disable HELPFG EQU $02DC ;1-byte HELP key flag (0 = no HELP) DMASAV EQU $02DD ;1-byte SDMCTL save/restore PBPNT EQU $02DE ;1-byte printer buffer pointer PBUFSZ EQU $02DF ;1-byte printer buffer size ; EQU $02E0 ;4 bytes reserved for DOS RAMSIZ EQU $02E4 ;1-byte high RAM size MEMTOP EQU $02E5 ;2-byte top of available user memory MEMLO EQU $02E7 ;2-byte bottom of available user memory HNDLOD EQU $02E9 ;1-byte user load flag (0 = no hand: DVSTAT EQU $02EA ;4-byte device status buffer CBAUDL EQU $02EE ;1-byte low cassette baud rate CBAUDH EQU $02EF ;1-byte high cassette baud rate CRSINH EQU $02F0 ;1-byte cursor inhibit (0 = cursor on) KEYDEL EQU $02F1 ;1-byte key debounce delay timer CH1 EQU $02F2 ;1-byte prior keyboard character CHACT EQU $02F3 ;1-byte CHACTL shadow CHBAS EQU $02F4 ;1-byte CHBASE shadow NEWROW EQU $02F5 ;1-byte draw destination row NEWCOL EQU $02F6 ;2-byte draw destination column ROWINC EQU $02F8 ;1-byte draw row increment COLINC EQU $02F9 ;1-byte draw column increment CHAR EQU $02FA ;1-byte internal character ATACHR EQU $02FB ;1-byte ATASCII character or plot point CH EQU $02FC ;1-byte keyboard code (buffer) FILDAT EQU $02FD ;1-byte right fill data DSPFLG EQU $02FE ;1-byte control character display flag (0 = no) SSFLAG EQU $02FF ;1-byte start/stop flag (0 = not stopped) SPACE 4,10 ** Page Three Address Equates DCB EQU $0300 ;12-byte device control block DDEVIC EQU $0300 ;1-byte unit 1 bus ID DUNIT EQU $0301 ;1-byte unit number DCOMND EQU $0302 ;1-byte bus command DSTATS EQU $0303 ;1-byte command type/status return DBUFLO EQU $0304 ;1-byte low data buffer address DBUFHI EQU $0305 ;1-byte high data buffer address DTIMLO EQU $0306 ;1-byte timeout (seconds) DUNUSE EQU $0307 ;1-byte (not used) DBYTLO EQU $0308 ;1-byte low number of bytes to transfer DBYTHI EQU $0309 ;1-byte high number of bytes to transfer DAUX1 EQU $030A ;1-byte first command auxiliary DAUX2 EQU $030B ;1-byte second command auxiliary TIMER1 EQU $030C ;2-byte initial baud rate timer value JMPERS EQU $030E ;1-byte jumper options CASFLG EQU $030F ;1-byte cassette I/O flag (0 = not cassette I/O) TIMER2 EQU $0310 ;2-byte final baud rate timer value TEMP1 EQU $0312 ;2-byte temporary TEMP2 EQU $0313 ;1-byte temporary PTIMOT EQU $0314 ;1-byte printer timeout TEMP3 EQU $0315 ;1-byte temporary SAVIO EQU $0316 ;1-byte saved serial data input indicator TIMFLG EQU $0317 ;1-byte timeout flag (0 = timeout) STACKP EQU $0318 ;1-byte SIO saved stack pointer TSTAT EQU $0319 ;1-byte temporary status HATABS EQU $031A ;35-byte handler address table PUPBT1 EQU $033D ;1-byte power-up validation byte 1 PUPBT2 EQU $033E ;1-byte power-up validation byte 2 PUPBT3 EQU $033F ;1-byte power-up validation byte 3 IOCB EQU $0340 ;128-byte I/O control blocks area ICHID EQU $0340 ;1-byte handler ID ($FF = free) ICDNO EQU $0341 ;1-byte device number ICCOM EQU $0342 ;1-byte command code ICSTA EQU $0343 ;1-byte status of last action ICBAL EQU $0344 ;1-byte low buffer address ICBAH EQU $0345 ;1-byte high buffer address ICPTL EQU $0346 ;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICPTH EQU $0347 ;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICBLL EQU $0348 ;1-byte low buffer length ICBLH EQU $0349 ;1-byte high buffer length ICAX1 EQU $034A ;1-byte first auxiliary information ICAX2 EQU $034B ;1-byte second auxiliary information ICSPR EQU $034C ;4-byte work area PRNBUF EQU $03C0 ;40-byte printer buffer SUPERF EQU $03E8 ;1-byte editor super function flag : CKEY EQU $03E9 ;1-byte cassette boot request flag : CASSBT EQU $03EA ;1-byte cassette boot flag (0 = not: CARTCK EQU $03EB ;1-byte cartridge equivalence checksum DERRF EQU $03EC ;1-byte screen OPEN error flag (0 = not) ; Remainder of Page Three Not Cleared upon Reset ACMVAR EQU $03ED ;11 bytes reserved for ACMI MINTLK EQU $03F9 ;1-byte ACMI module interlock GINTLK EQU $03FA ;1-byte cartridge interlock CHLINK EQU $03FB ;2-byte loaded handler chain link CASBUF EQU $03FD ;3-byte first 3 bytes of cassette buffer SPACE 4,10 ** Page Four Address Equates ; EQU $0400 ;128-byte remainder of cassette buffer ; Reserved for Application USAREA EQU $0480 ;128 bytes reserved for application SPACE 4,10 ** Page Five Address Equates ; Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package ; EQU $0500 ;256 bytes reserved for application and FPP SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Address Equates LBPR1 EQU $057E ;1-byte LBUFF preamble LBPR2 EQU $057F ;1-byte LBUFF preamble LBUFF EQU $0580 ;128-byte line buffer PLYARG EQU $05E0 ;6-byte floating point polynomial argument FPSCR EQU $05E6 ;6-byte floating point temporary FPSCR1 EQU $05EC ;6-byte floating point temporary SPACE 4,10 ** Page Six Address Equates ; Reserved for Application ; EQU $0600 ;256 bytes reserved for application SPACE 4,10 ** LNBUG Address Equates LNBUG IF LNBUG LNORG EQU $6000 ;LNBUG origin LNIRQ EQU $6033 ;LNBUG IRQ entry LNNMI EQU $8351 ;LNBUG NMI vector LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** Cartridge Address Equates CARTCS EQU $BFFA ;2-byte cartridge coldstart address CART EQU $BFFC ;1-byte cartridge present indicator CARTFG EQU $BFFD ;1-byte cartridge flags CARTAD EQU $BFFE ;2-byte cartridge start vector SPACE 4,10 ** CTIA/GTIA Address Equates CTIA EQU $D000 ;CTIA/GTIA area ; Read/Write Addresses CONSOL EQU $D01F ;console switches and speaker control ; Read Addresses M0PF EQU $D000 ;missle 0 and playfield collision M1PF EQU $D001 ;missle 1 and playfield collision M2PF EQU $D002 ;missle 2 and playfield collision M3PF EQU $D003 ;missle 3 and playfield collision P0PF EQU $D004 ;player 0 and playfield collision P1PF EQU $D005 ;player 1 and playfield collision P2PF EQU $D006 ;player 2 and playfield collision P3PF EQU $D007 ;player 3 and playfield collision M0PL EQU $D008 ;missle 0 and player collision M1PL EQU $D009 ;missle 1 and player collision M2PL EQU $D00A ;missle 2 and player collision M3PL EQU $D00B ;missle 3 and player collision P0PL EQU $D00C ;player 0 and player collision P1PL EQU $D00D ;player 1 and player collision P2PL EQU $D00E ;player 2 and player collision P3PL EQU $D00F ;player 3 and player collision TRIG0 EQU $D010 ;joystick trigger 0 TRIG1 EQU $D011 ;joystick trigger 1 TRIG2 EQU $D012 ;cartridge interlock TRIG3 EQU $D013 ;ACMI module interlock PAL EQU $D014 ;PAL/NTSC indicator ; Write Addresses HPOSP0 EQU $D000 ;player 0 horizontal position HPOSP1 EQU $D001 ;player 1 horizontal position HPOSP2 EQU $D002 ;player 2 horizontal position HPOSP3 EQU $D003 ;player 3 horizontal position HPOSM0 EQU $D004 ;missle 0 horizontal position HPOSM1 EQU $D005 ;missle 1 horizontal position HPOSM2 EQU $D006 ;missle 2 horizontal position HPOSM3 EQU $D007 ;missle 3 horizontal position SIZEP0 EQU $D008 ;player 0 size SIZEP1 EQU $D009 ;player 1 size SIZEP2 EQU $D00A ;player 2 size SIZEP3 EQU $D00B ;player 3 size SIZEM EQU $D00C ;missle sizes GRAFP0 EQU $D00D ;player 0 graphics GRAFP1 EQU $D00E ;player 1 graphics GRAFP2 EQU $D00F ;player 2 graphics GRAFP3 EQU $D010 ;player 3 graphics GRAFM EQU $D011 ;missle graphics COLPM0 EQU $D012 ;player-missle 0 color/luminance COLPM1 EQU $D013 ;player-missle 1 color/luminance COLPM2 EQU $D014 ;player-missle 2 color/luminance COLPM3 EQU $D015 ;player-missle 3 color/luminance COLPF0 EQU $D016 ;playfield 0 color/luminance COLPF1 EQU $D017 ;playfield 1 color/luminance COLPF2 EQU $D018 ;playfield 2 color/luminance COLPF3 EQU $D019 ;playfield 3 color/luminance COLBK EQU $D01A ;background color/luminance PRIOR EQU $D01B ;priority select VDELAY EQU $D01C ;vertical delay GRACTL EQU $D01D ;graphic control HITCLR EQU $D01E ;collision clear SPACE 4,10 ** PBI Address Equates PBI EQU $D100 ;parallel bus interface area ; Read Addresses PDVI EQU $D1FF ;parallel device IRQ status ; Write Addresses PDVS EQU $D1FF ;parallel device select SPACE 4,10 ** POKEY Address Equates POKEY EQU $D200 ;POKEY area ; Read Addresses POT0 EQU $D200 ;potentiometer 0 POT1 EQU $D201 ;potentiometer 1 POT2 EQU $D202 ;potentiometer 2 POT3 EQU $D203 ;potentiometer 3 POT4 EQU $D204 ;potentiometer 4 POT5 EQU $D205 ;potentiometer 5 POT6 EQU $D206 ;potentiometer 6 POT7 EQU $D207 ;potentiometer 7 ALLPOT EQU $D208 ;potentiometer port state KBCODE EQU $D209 ;keyboard code RANDOM EQU $D20A ;random number generator SERIN EQU $D20D ;serial port input IRQST EQU $D20E ;IRQ interrupt status SKSTAT EQU $D20F ;serial port and keyboard status ; Write Addresses AUDF1 EQU $D200 ;channel 1 audio frequency AUDC1 EQU $D201 ;channel 1 audio control AUDF2 EQU $D202 ;channel 2 audio frequency AUDC2 EQU $D203 ;channel 2 audio control AUDF3 EQU $D204 ;channel 3 audio frequency AUDC3 EQU $D205 ;channel 3 audio control AUDF4 EQU $D206 ;channel 4 audio frequency AUDC4 EQU $D207 ;channel 4 audio control AUDCTL EQU $D208 ;audio control STIMER EQU $D209 ;start timers SKRES EQU $D20A ;reset SKSTAT status POTGO EQU $D20B ;start potentiometer scan sequence SEROUT EQU $D20D ;serial port output IRQEN EQU $D20E ;IRQ interrupt enable SKCTL EQU $D20F ;serial port and keyboard control SPACE 4,10 ** PIA Address Equates PIA EQU $D300 ;PIA area ; Read/Write Addresses PORTA EQU $D300 ;port A direction register or jacks 0 and 1 PORTB EQU $D301 ;port B direction register or memory control PACTL EQU $D302 ;port A control PBCTL EQU $D303 ;port B control SPACE 4,10 ** ANTIC Address Equates ANTIC EQU $D400 ;ANTIC area ; Read Addresses VCOUNT EQU $D40B ;vertical line counter PENH EQU $D40C ;light pen horizontal position PENV EQU $D40D ;light pen vertical position NMIST EQU $D40F ;NMI interrupt status ; Write Addresses DMACTL EQU $D400 ;DMA control CHACTL EQU $D401 ;character control DLISTL EQU $D402 ;low display list address DLISTH EQU $D403 ;high disply list address HSCROL EQU $D404 ;horizontal scroll VSCROL EQU $D405 ;vertical scroll PMBASE EQU $D407 ;player-missle base address CHBASE EQU $D409 ;character base address WSYNC EQU $D40A ;wait for HBLANK synchronization NMIEN EQU $D40E ;NMI enable NMIRES EQU $D40F ;NMI interrupt status reset SPACE 4,10 ** ACMI Address Equates ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Address Equates AFP EQU $D800 ;convert ASCII to floating point FASC EQU $D8E6 ;convert floating point to ASCII IFP EQU $D9AA ;convert integer to floating point FPI EQU $D9D2 ;convert floating point to integer ZFR0 EQU $DA44 ;zero FR0 ZF1 EQU $DA46 ;zero floating point number FSUB EQU $DA60 ;subtract floating point numbers FADD EQU $DA66 ;add floating point numbers FMUL EQU $DADB ;multiply floating point numbers FDIV EQU $DB28 ;divide floating point numbers PLYEVL EQU $DD40 ;evaluate floating point polynomial FLD0R EQU $DD89 ;load floating point number FLD0P EQU $DD8D ;load floating point number FLD1R EQU $DD98 ;load floating point number FLD1P EQU $DD9C ;load floating point number FST0R EQU $DDA7 ;store floating point number FST0P EQU $DDAB ;store floating point number FMOVE EQU $DDB6 ;move floating point number LOG EQU $DECD ;calculate floating point logarithm LOG10 EQU $DED1 ;calculate floating point base 10 logarithm EXP EQU $DDC0 ;calculate floating point exponentiation EXP10 EQU $DDCC ;calculate floating point base 10 exponentiation SPACE 4,10 ** Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates EDITRV EQU $E400 ;editor handler vector table SCRENV EQU $E410 ;screen handler vector table KEYBDV EQU $E420 ;keyboard handler vector table PRINTV EQU $E430 ;printer handler vector table CASETV EQU $E440 ;cassette handler vector table SPACE 4,10 ** Jump Vector Address Equates DINITV EQU $E450 ;vector to initialize DIO DSKINV EQU $E453 ;vector to DIO CIOV EQU $E456 ;vector to CIO SIOV EQU $E459 ;vector to SIO SETVBV EQU $E45C ;vector to set VBLANK parameters SYSVBV EQU $E45F ;vector to process immediate VBLANK NMI XITVBV EQU $E462 ;vector to process deferred VBLANK NMI SIOINV EQU $E465 ;vector to initialize SIO SENDEV EQU $E468 ;vector to enable SEND INTINV EQU $E46B ;vector to initialize interrupt handler CIOINV EQU $E46E ;vector to initialize CIO BLKBDV EQU $E471 ;vector to power-up display (formerly memo pad) WARMSV EQU $E474 ;vector to warmstart COLDSV EQU $E477 ;vector to coldstart RBLOKV EQU $E47A ;vector to read cassette block CSOPIV EQU $E47D ;vector to open cassette for input PUPDIV EQU $E480 ;vector to power-up display SLFTSV EQU $E483 ;vector to self-test PHENTV EQU $E486 ;vector to enter peripheral handler PHUNLV EQU $E489 ;vector to unlink peripheral handler PHINIV EQU $E48C ;vector to initialize peripheral handler SPACE 4,10 ** Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates GPDVV EQU $E48F ;generic parallel device handler vector table SUBTTL 'Miscellaneous Address Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Self-test Page Zero Address Equates STTIME EQU $0080 ;2-byte main screen timeout timer STAUT EQU $0082 ;1-byte auto-mode flag STJMP EQU $0083 ;3-byte ANTIC jump instruction STSEL EQU $0086 ;1-byte selection STPASS EQU $0087 ;1-byte pass STSPP EQU $0088 ;1-byte SELECT previously pressed flag ; EQU $0089 ;1-byte (not used) STKST EQU $008A ;1-byte keyboard self-test flag (0 = not) STCHK EQU $008B ;2-byte checksum STSMM EQU $008D ;1-byte screen memory mask STSMP EQU $008E ;1-byte screen memory pointer ST1K EQU $008F ;1-byte current 1K of memory to test STPAG EQU $0090 ;2-byte current page to test STPC EQU $0092 ;1-byte page count STMVAL EQU $0093 ;1-byte correct value for memory test STSKP EQU $0094 ;1-byte simulated keypress index STTMP1 EQU $0095 ;2-byte temporary STVOC EQU $0097 ;1-byte current voice indicator STNOT EQU $0098 ;1-byte current note counter STCDI EQU $0099 ;1-byte cleft display pointer STCDA EQU $009A ;1-byte cleft data pointer STTMP2 EQU $009B ;2-byte temporary STTMP3 EQU $009D ;1-byte temporary STADR1 EQU $009E ;2-byte temporary address STADR2 EQU $00A0 ;2-byte temporary address STBL EQU $00A2 ;1-byte blink counter STTMP4 EQU $00A3 ;1-byte temporary STLM EQU $00A4 ;1-byte LED mask STTMP5 EQU $00A5 ;1-byte temporary SPACE 4,10 ** Self-test Address Equates ST3000 EQU $3000 ;screen memory ST3002 EQU $3002 ;cleft display ST3004 EQU $3004 ;"VOICE #" text display ST300B EQU $300B ;voice number display ST301C EQU $301C ;START key display ST301E EQU $301E ;SELECT key display ST3020 EQU $3020 ;OPTION key display, first 8K ROM display ST3021 EQU $3021 ;keyboard character display ST3022 EQU $3022 ;keyboard text display ST3024 EQU $3024 ;second 8K ROM display ST3028 EQU $3028 ;"RAM" text display ST3038 EQU $3038 ;RAM display ST303C EQU $303C ;fifth note display ST304C EQU $304C ;"B S" text display ST3052 EQU $3052 ;tab key display ST3062 EQU $3062 ;cleft display ST306D EQU $306D ;return key display ST3072 EQU $3072 ;control key display ST3092 EQU $3092 ;"SH" text display ST309E EQU $309E ;sixth note display ST30AB EQU $30AB ;"SH" text display ST30B7 EQU $30B7 ;"S P A C E B A R" text display ST30C1 EQU $30C1 ;cleft display ST30C2 EQU $30C2 ;cleft display ST30C7 EQU $30C7 ;third note display ST30CA EQU $30CA ;fourth note display ST30F8 EQU $30F8 ;third note display ST3100 EQU $3100 ;screen memory ST3121 EQU $3121 ;cleft display ST3122 EQU $3122 ;cleft display ST313C EQU $313C ;fifth note display ST3150 EQU $3150 ;first line of staff display ST3154 EQU $3154 ;first note display ST3181 EQU $3181 ;cleft display ST3182 EQU $3182 ;cleft display ST3186 EQU $3186 ;second note display ST318C EQU $318C ;fifth note display ST31B0 EQU $31B0 ;second line of staff display ST31C2 EQU $31C2 ;cleft display ST31CA EQU $31CA ;fourth note display ST31EE EQU $31EE ;sixth note display ST31F1 EQU $31F1 ;cleft display ST3210 EQU $3210 ;third line of staff display ST321A EQU $321A ;fourth note display ST3248 EQU $3248 ;third note display ST3270 EQU $3270 ;fourth line of staff display ST32D0 EQU $32D0 ;fifth line of staff display SUBTTL 'Macro Definitions' SPACE 4,10 ** FIX - Fix Address * * FIX sets the origin counter to the value specified as an * argument. If the current origin counter is less than the * argument, FIX fills the intervening bytes with zero and * issues a message to document the location and number of * bytes that are zero filled. * * ENTRY FIX address * * * EXIT * Origin counter set to specified address. * Message issued if zero fill required. * * CHANGES * -none- * * CALLS * -none- * * NOTES * Due to ECHO limitiation of 255 iterations, FIX is * recursive. * If the current origin counter value is beyond the * argument, FIX generates an error. * * MODS * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FIX MACRO address IF %1 <> *O IF %1 > *O IF %1 - *O < 256 MSG '$',%1 - *O,' free bytes from $',*O,' to $',%1 - 1 ECHO %1 = *O DB 0 ENDM ELSE FIX *O + 255 FIX %1 ENDIF ELSE ERR ;%1 precedes current origin counter of *O ENDIF ENDIF ORG *O ENDM SUBTTL 'First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum' SPACE 4,10 ORG $C000 SPACE 4,10 ** First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum DW $0000 ;reserved for checksum DB IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR ;date (day, month, year) DB $00 ;not used DB IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5 ;part number DB IDREV ;revision number SUBTTL 'Interrupt Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** IIH - Initialize Interrupt Handler * * ENTRY JSR IIH * TRIG3 = ACMI module interlock * TRIG2 = cartridge interlock * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIH = * ;entry LDA #$40 STA NMIEN ;disable DLI and enable VBLANK NMI ; Initialize PIA. LDA #$3C STA PBCTL ;precondition port B outputs LDA #$FF STA PORTB ;all high LDA #$38 STA PACTL ;select data direction register STA PBCTL ;select data direction register LDA #$00 STA PORTA ;all inputs LDA #$FF STA PORTB ;all outputs LDA #$3C STA PACTL ;back to port STA PBCTL ;back to port LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock STA GINTLK ;cartridge interlock status ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NMI - Process NMI * * ENTRY JMP NMI * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process NMI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 NMI = * ;entry ASSERT $C0=high NMI ;for compatibility with LNBUG ; Check for display list NMI. BIT NMIST BPL NMI1 ;if not display list NMI JMP (VDSLST) ;process display list NMI, return ; Initialize. NMI1 CLD ; Save registers. PHA ;save A TXA PHA ;save X TYA PHA ;save Y ; Reset NMI status. STA NMIRES ;reset NMI status ; Process NMI. LNBUG IF LNBUG LDA LNFLG ;LNBUG flag BNE NMI2 ;if LNBUG JMP (VVBLKI) ;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return NMI2 JMP (LNNMI) ;invoke LNBUG NMI routine, return LNBUG ELSE JMP (VVBLKI) ;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** IRQ - Process IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IRQ * * EXIT * Exits via VIMIRQ vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRQ = * ;entry ; Initialize. CLD ; Process IRQ. LNBUG IF LNBUG BIT LNFLG BMI IRQ1 ;if LNBUG on JMP (VIMIRQ) ;process immediate IRQ, return IRQ1 JMP LNIRQ ;invoke LNBUG IRQ routine, return LNBUG ELSE JMP (VIMIRQ) ;process immediate IRQ, return LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** IIR - Process Immediate IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IIR * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A ; Check for serial input ready IRQ. LDA IRQST ;IRQ status AND #$20 ;serial input ready BNE IIR1 ;if not serial input ready ; Process serial input IRQ. LDA #not $20 ;all other interrupts STA IRQEN ;enable all other interrupts LDA POKMSK STA IRQEN JMP (VSERIN) ;process serial input ready IRQ, return ; Process possible ACMI IRQ. IIR1 ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Initialize further. TXA PHA ;save X ; Check other types of IRQ. IIR2 LDX #TIRQL-1-1 ;offset to next to last entry IIR3 LDA TIRQ,X ;IRQ type CPX #5 ;offset to serial out complete BNE IIR4 ;if not serial out complete AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable BEQ IIR5 ;if serial out complete not enabled IIR4 BIT IRQST ;IRQ interrupt status BEQ IIR6 ;if interrupt found IIR5 DEX BPL IIR3 ;if not done ; Coninue IRQ processing. JMP CIR ;continue IRQ processing, return ; Enable other interrupts. IIR6 EOR #$FF ;complement mask STA IRQEN ;enable all others LDA POKMSK ;POKEY IRQ mask STA IRQEN ;enable indicated IRQ's ; Check for BREAK key IRQ. CPX #0 BNE IIR7 ;if not BREAK key IRQ ; Check for keyboard disabled. LDA KEYDIS BNE CIR ;if keyboard disabled, cont: ; Process IRQ. IIR7 LDA TOIH,X ;offset to interrupt handler TAX LDA INTABS,X ;interrupt handler address STA JVECK LDA INTABS+1,X STA JVECK+1 PLA TAX ;restore X JMP (JVECK) ;process interrupt, return SPACE 4,10 ** BIR - Process BREAK Key IRQ * * ENTRY JMP BIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BIR = * ;entry ; Process BREAK. LDA #0 STA BRKKEY ;clear BREAK key flag STA SSFLAG ;clear start/stop flag STA CRSINH ;enable cursor STA ATRACT ;turn off attract-mode ; Exit. BIR1 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIR - Continue IRQ Processing * * ENTRY JMP CIR * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ or to XIR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PLA ;saved ??? TAX ; Check for port A interrupt. BIT PACTL ;port A control BPL CIR1 ;if not port A interrupt ; Process proceed line IRQ. LDA PORTA ;clear interrupt status bit JMP (VPRCED) ;process proceed line IRQ, return ; Check for port B interrupt. CIR1 BIT PBCTL ;port B control BPL CIR2 ;if not port B interrupt ; Process interrupt line IRQ. LDA PORTB ;clear interrupt status bit JMP (VINTER) ;process interrupt line IRQ, return ; Check for BRK instruction IRQ. CIR2 PLA STA JVECK PLA ;saved P PHA ;resave P AND #$10 ;B bit of P register BEQ CIR3 ;if not BRK instruction IRQ ; Process BRK instruction IRQ. LDA JVECK PHA JMP (VBREAK) ;process BRK instruction IRQ, return ; Exit IRQ processing. CIR3 LDA JVECK PHA ; JMP XIR ;exit IRQ processing, return SPACE 4,10 ** XIR - Exit IRQ Processing * * ENTRY JMP XIR * * EXIT * Exits to RIR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XIR = * ;entry PLA ;restore A ; JMP RIR ;return from interrupt SPACE 4,10 ** RIR - Return from Interrupt * * ENTRY JMP RIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RIR = * ;entry RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AIR - Process ACMI IRQ * * ENTRY JMP AIR * * EXIT Exits via ASMISR vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** TIRQ - Table of IRQ Types * * Entry n is the interrupt indicator of priority n (0 is lowest). * * NOTES * Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used. TIRQ DB $80 ;0 - BREAK key IRQ DB $40 ;1 - keyboard IRQ DB $04 ;2 - timer 4 IRQ DB $02 ;3 - timer 2 IRQ DB $01 ;4 - timer 1 IRQ DB $08 ;5 - serial output complete IRQ DB $10 ;6 - serial output ready IRQ DB $20 ;7 - serial input ready IRQ TIRQL = *-TIRQ ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TOIH - Table of Offsets to Interrupt Handlers * * Entry n is the offset to the interrupt handler vector * corresponding to entry n of TIRQ. * * NOTES * Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used. TOIH DB BRKKY-INTABS ;0 - BREAK key IRQ DB VKEYBD-INTABS ;1 - keyboard IRQ DB VTIMR4-INTABS ;2 - timer 4 IRQ DB VTIMR2-INTABS ;3 - timer 2 IRQ DB VTIMR1-INTABS ;4 - timer 1 IRQ DB VSEROC-INTABS ;5 - serial output complete IRQ DB VSEROR-INTABS ;6 - serial output ready IRQ DB VSERIN-INTABS ;7 - serial input ready IRQ SPACE 4,10 ** CRST - Restart after cartridge change * * ENTRY JMP CRST * * EXIT * Does not exit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown CRST = * ;entry LDA #0 STA NMIEN SEI TAX TAY CRST1 DEY BNE CRST1 DEX BNE CRST1 JMP PCS SPACE 4,10 ** IVNM - Process Immediate VBLANK NMI * * ENTRY JMP IVNM * * EXIT * Exits to DVNM or via VVBLKD vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IVNM = * ;entry ; Increment frame counter and attract-mode counter. INC RTCLOK+2 ;increment low frame counter BNE IVN1 ;if low counter not zero INC ATRACT ;increment attract-mode counter/flag INC RTCLOK+1 ;increment middle frame counter BNE IVN1 ;if middle counter not zero INC RTCLOK ;increment high frame counter ; Set attract-mode effects. IVN1 LDA #$FE ;select no luminance change LDX #0 ;select no color shift LDY ATRACT ;attract-mode timer/flag BPL IVN2 ;if not attract-mode STA ATRACT ;ensure continued attract-mode LDX RTCLOK+1 ;select color shift LDA #$F6 ;select lower luminance IVN2 STA DRKMSK ;attract-mode luminance STX COLRSH ;attract-mode color shift ; Update COLPF1 (in case fine scrolling and critical : LDA COLOR1 ;playfield 1 color EOR COLRSH ;modify color with attract-: AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode l: STA COLPF1 ;set playfield 1 color/lumi: ; Process countdown timer 1. LDX #0 ;indicate countdown timer 1 JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer BNE IVN3 ;if timer not expired JSR PTO ;process countdown timer 1 expiration ; Check for critical sction. IVN3 LDA CRITIC BNE IVN4 ;if critical section ; Check for IRQ enabled. TSX ;stack pointer LDA $0104,X ;stacked P AND #$04 ;I (IRQ disable) bit BEQ IVN5 ;if IRQ enabled ; Exit. IVN4 JMP DVNM ;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return ; Process IRQ enabled non-critical section. IVN5 ; Check for ACMI module change. ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Check for cartridge change. LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock CMP GINTLK ;previous cartridge interlock status BNE CRST ;if cartridge change, restart ; Set hardware registers from shadows. LDA PENV STA LPENV ;light pen vertical position LDA PENH STA LPENH ;light pen vertical position LDA SDLSTH STA DLISTH ;high display list address LDA SDLSTL STA DLISTL ;low display list address LDA SDMCTL STA DMACTL ;DMA control LDA GPRIOR STA PRIOR ;prioritty select ; Check for vertical scroll enabled. LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count BEQ IVN6 ;if vertical scroll not ena: ; Scroll one line. DEC VSFLAG ;decrement vertical scroll : LDA #8 ;scroll one line SEC SBC VSFLAG ;subtract vertical scroll c: AND #07 STA VSCROL ;set vertical scroll ; Turn off speaker. IVN6 LDX #$08 ;speaker off STX CONSOL ;set speaker control ; Set color registers from shadows. ; LDX #8 ;offset to background color IVN7 CLI LDA PCOLR0,X ;color register shadow EOR COLRSH ;modify with attract-mode color shift AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode luminance STA COLPM0,X ;set color register DEX BPL IVN7 ;if not done ; Set character set control. LDA CHBAS STA CHBASE LDA CHACT STA CHACTL ; Process countdown timer 2. LDX #2 ;indicate countdown timer 2 JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer BNE IVN8 ;if timer not expired JSR PTT ;process countdown timer 2 expiration ; Process timers 3, 4 and 5. IVN8 LDX #2 ;preset offset to timer 2 IVN9 INX INX ;offset to countdown timer LDA CDTMV3-4,X ;countdown timer ORA CDTMV3+1-4,X BEQ IVN10 ;if countdown timer already expired JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer STA CDTMF3-4,X ;indicate timer expiration status IVN10 CPX #8 ;offset to timer 5 BNE IVN9 ;if all timers not done ; Check debounce counter. LDA SKSTAT ;keyboard status AND #$04 ;key down indicator BEQ IVN11 ;if key down ; Process key up. LDA KEYDEL ;key delay counter BEQ IVN11 ;if counted down already DEC KEYDEL ;decrement key delay counter ; Check software key repeat timer. IVN11 LDA SRTIMR ;key repeat timer BEQ IVN13 ;if key repeat timer expired LDA SKSTAT ;keyboard status AND #$04 ;key down indicator BNE IVN12 ;if key no longer down DEC SRTIMR ;decrement key repeat timer BNE IVN13 ;if key repeat timer not expired ; Process key repeat timer expiration. LDA KEYDIS ;keyboard disable flag BNE IVN13 ;if keyboard disabled, no r: LDA KEYREP ;initial timer value STA SRTIMR ;reset key repeat timer LDA KBCODE ;key code ; Check for hidden codes. CMP #CNTL1 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-1 CMP #CNTLF1 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F1 CMP #CNTLF2 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F2 CMP #CNTLF4 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F4 AND #$3F CMP #HELP BEQ IVN13 ;if HELP ; Set key code. LDA KBCODE ;key code STA CH ;set key code JMP IVN13 ;continue ; Zero key repeat timer. IVN12 LDA #0 STA SRTIMR ;zero key repeat timer ; Read joysticks. IVN13 LDA PORTA ;joystick readings LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;joystick 1 reading STA STICK1 ;set joystick 1 reading VGC IF VGC STA STICK3 ;simulate joystick 3 reading VGC ENDIF LDA PORTA ;joystick readings AND #$0F ;joystick 0 reading STA STICK0 ;set joystick 0 reading VGC IF VGC STA STICK2 ;simulate joystick 2 reading VGC ENDIF ; Read joystick triggers. LDA TRIG0 ;trigger 0 indicator STA STRIG0 ;set trigger 0 indicator VGC IF VGC STA STRIG2 ;simulate trigger 2 indicator VGC ENDIF LDA TRIG1 ;trigger 1 indicator STA STRIG1 ;set trigger 1 indicator VGC IF VGC STA STRIG3 ;simulate trigger 3 indicator VGC ENDIF ; Read potentiometers. LDX #3 ;offset to last potentiometer IVN14 LDA POT0,X ;potentiometer reading STA PADDL0,X ;set potentiometer reading VGC IF VGC STA PADDL4,X ;simulate potentiometer reading VGC ENDIF DEX BPL IVN14 ;if not done ; Start potentiometers for next time. STA POTGO ;start potentiometers ; Read paddle triggers. LDX #2 ;offset to paddle trigger reading LDY #1 ;offset to joystick reading IVN15 LDA STICK0,Y ;joystick reading LSR A LSR A LSR A ;paddle trigger reading STA PTRIG1,X ;set paddle trigger reading VGC IF VGC STA PTRIG5,X ;simulate paddle trigger reading VGC ENDIF LDA #0 ROL A ;paddle trigger reading STA PTRIG0,X ;set paddle trigger reading VGC IF VGC STA PTRIG4,X ;simulate paddle trigger reading VGC ENDIF DEX DEX DEY BPL IVN15 ;if not done ; Exit. JMP (VVBLKD) ;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return SPACE 4,10 ** PTO - Process Countdown Timer One Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTO = * ;entry JMP (CDTMA1) ;process countdown timer 1 expiration SPACE 4,10 ** PTT - Process Countdown Timer Two Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTT = * ;entry JMP (CDTMA2) ;process countdown timer 2 expiration SPACE 4,10 ** DCT - Decrement Countdown Timer * * ENTRY JSR DCT * X = offset to timer value * * EXIT * A = 0, if timer expired * = $FF, if timer did not expire * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DCT = * ;entry LDY CDTMV1,X ;low timer value BNE DCT1 ;if low timer value not zero LDY CDTMV1+1,X ;high timer value BEQ DCT2 ;if timer value zero, exit DEC CDTMV1+1,X ;decrement high timer value DCT1 DEC CDTMV1,X ;decrement low timer value BNE DCT2 ;if low timer value not zero LDY CDTMV1+1,X ;high timer value BNE DCT2 ;if high timer value not zero LDA #0 ;indicate timer expired RTS ;return DCT2 LDA #$FF ;indicate timer did not expire RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SVP - Set Vertical Blank Parameters * * SVP sets countdown timers and VBLANK vectors. * * ENTRY JSR SVP * X = high initial timer value or high vector address * Y = low initial timer value or low vector address * A = 1, if timer 1 value * 2, if timer 2 value * 3, if timer 3 value * 4, if timer 4 value * 5, if timer 5 value * 6, if immediate VBLANK vector * 7, if deferred VBLANK vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVP = * ;entry ; Initialize. ASL A ;compute offset+2 to value or vector STA INTEMP ;offset+2 to value or vector TXA ;high timer value or high vector address ; Ensure no VBLANK in progress by delaying after HBLANK. LDX #5 ;20 CPU cycles STA WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization SVP1 DEX BNE SVP1 ;if not done delaying ; Set timer value or vector address. LDX INTEMP ;offset+2 to value or vector STA CDTMV1-2+1,X ;high timer value or high vector address TYA STA CDTMV1-2,X ;low timer value or low vector address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DVNM - Process Deferred VBLANK NMI * * ENTRY JMP DVNM * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DVNM = * ;entry PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SUBTTL 'Initialization' SPACE 4,10 ** PWS - Perform Warmstart * * ENTRY JMP PWS * * EXIT * Exits to PCS or PRS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PWS = * ;entry ; Initialize. SEI ; Check for cartridge change. LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock CMP GINTLK ;previous cartridge interlock status BNE PCS ;if cartridge changed, perform coldstart ; Check for cartridge. ROR A BCC PWS1 ;if no cartridge ; Verify no change in cartridge. JSR CCE ;check cartridge equivalence BNE PCS ;if different cartridge, coldstart ; Check coldstart status. PWS1 LDA COLDST ;coldstart status BNE PCS ;if coldstart was in progress, perform coldstart ; Perform warmstart. LDA #$FF ;indicate warmstart BNE PRS ;preset memory, return SPACE 4,10 ** RES - Process RESET * * ENTRY JMP RES * * EXIT * Exits to PCS, if coldstart, or PWS, if warmstart * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RES = * ;entry ; Initialize. SEI ; Delay 0.1 second for RESET bounce. LDX #140 ;0.1 second delay RES1 DEY BNE RES1 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE RES1 ;if outer loop not done ; Check power-up validation bytes. LDA PUPBT1 CMP #PUPVL1 BNE PCS ;if validation byte 1 differs, coldstart LDA PUPBT2 CMP #PUPVL2 BNE PCS ;if validation byte 2 differs, coldstart LDA PUPBT3 CMP #PUPVL3 BEQ PWS ;if all bytes validated, perform warmstart ; JMP PCS ;perform coldstart, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCS - Perform Coldstart * * ENTRY JMP PCS * * EXIT * Exits to PRS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCS = * ;entry LDA #0 ;indicate coldstart ; JMP PRS ;preset memory, return SPACE 4,10 ** PRS - Preset Memory * * ENTRY JMP PRS * * EXIT * Exits via CARTCS vector or DOSVEC vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PRS = * ;entry ; Update warmstart flag. STA WARMST ;update warmstart flag ; Set initial conditions. CLD LDX #$FF TXS ;set stack pointer ; Initialize LNBUG flag, if necessary. LNBUG IF LNBUG LDY #0 ;assume no LNBUG LDA LNORG ;first byte of LNBUG CMP #$4C ;JMP instruction BNE PRS2 ;if JMP not present, indicate no LNBUG INC LNORG ;try to increment test byte CMP LNORG ;original contents of test byte BEQ PRS1 ;if no change, LNBUG present DEC LNORG ;restore test byte BNE PRS2 ;indicate no LNBUG PRS1 DEY ;LNBUG present indicator PRS2 STY LNFLG ;LNBUG flag LNBUG ENDIF ; Perform miscellaneous initialization. JSR PMI ;perform miscellaneous initialization ; Initialize hardware. JSR IHW ;initialize hardware ; Check type. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BNE PRS8 ;if warmstart ; Initialize memory status. LDA #1 ;no failure indicator STA NGFLAG ;memory status flag ; Zero all RAM (except beginning of page zero). LDA #0 LDY #WARMST ;initial offset into page zero STA RAMLO STA RAMLO+1 ;initialize RAM pointer PRS3 LDA #$FF STA (RAMLO),Y ;attempt to store $FF CMP (RAMLO),Y BEQ PRS4 ;if $FF stored successfully LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory failure PRS4 LDA #$00 STA (RAMLO),Y ;attempt to store $00 CMP (RAMLO),Y BEQ PRS5 ;if $00 stored successfully LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory failure PRS5 INY BNE PRS3 ;if not end of page ; Advance to next page and check for completion. INC RAMLO+1 ;advance RAM pointer to next page LDX RAMLO+1 CPX TRAMSZ ;RAM size BNE PRS3 ;if not at end of RAM ; Initialize DOSVEC. LDA #low PPD ;power-up display routine address STA DOSVEC ;initialize DOS vector LDA #high PPD STA DOSVEC+1 ; Verify ROM checksums. LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;select self-test ROM STA PORTB ;port B memory control JSR VFR ;verify first 8K ROM BCS PRS6 ;if first 8K ROM bad JSR VSR ;verify second 8K ROM BCC PRS7 ;if seond 8K ROM good PRS6 LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory bad PRS7 LDA PORTB ORA #$80 ;disable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control ; Indicate coldstart in progress. LDA #$FF STA COLDST ;indicate coldstart in progress BNE PRS12 ;continue with coldstart procedures ; Perform warmstart procedures. PRS8 LDX #0 LDA DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag BEQ PRS9 ;if in screen OPEN ; Clean up APPMHI. ; STX APPMHI VFD 8\$8E,8\low APPMHI,8\high APPMHI ; STX APPMHI+1 VFD 8\$8E,8\low [APPMHI+1],8\high [APPMHI+1] TXA ; Clear page 2 and part of page 3. PRS9 STA $0200,X ;clear byte of page 2 CPX #low ACMVAR ;start of page 3 locations not to clear BCS PRS10 ;if not to clear this page 3 location STA $0300,X ;clear byte of page 3 PRS10 DEX BNE PRS9 ;if not done ; Clear part of page 0. LDX #INTZBS ;offset to first page 0 byte to clear PRS11 STA $0000,X ;clear byte of page 0 INX BPL PRS11 ;if not done ; Establish power-up validation bytes. PRS12 LDA #PUPVL1 STA PUPBT1 ;validation byte 1 LDA #PUPVL2 STA PUPBT2 ;validation byte 2 LDA #PUPVL3 STA PUPBT3 ;validation byte 3 ; Establish screen margins. LDA #LEDGE STA LMARGN ;left margin LDA #REDGE STA RMARGN ;right margin ; Establish parameters for NTSC or PAL. LDA PAL ;GTIA flag bits AND #$0E ;PAL/NTSC indicator BNE PRS13 ;if NTSC LDA #5 ;PAL key repeat delay LDX #1 ;PAL indicator LDY #40 ;PAL key repeat initial delay BNE PRS14 ;set parameters PRS13 LDA #6 ;NTSC key repeat delay LDX #0 ;NTSC indicator LDY #48 ;NTSC key repeat initial delay PRS14 STA KEYREP ;set key repeat rate STX PALNTS ;set PAL/NTSC status STY KRPDEL ;set key repeat initial delay ; Initialize missing controller ports, if not simulated. VGC IF not VGC LDA #$0F ;joystick centered STA STICK2 STA STICK3 LDA #$01 ;trigger not pressed STA STRIG2 STA STRIG3 LDX #3 ;offset to last controller PRS15 LDA #$E4 ;paddle fully counter-clockwise STA PADDL4,X LDA #$01 ;trigger not pressed STA PTRIG4,X DEX BPL PRS15 ;if not done VGC ENDIF ; Copy interrupt vector table from ROM to RAM. LDX #TIHVL-1 ;offset to last byte of table PRS16 LDA TIHV,X ;byte of table of interrupt vectors STA INTABS,X ;byte of RAM table DEX BPL PRS16 ;if not done ; Initialize software. JSR ISW ;initialize software ; Copy handler vector table from ROM to RAM. LDX #THAVL-1 ;offset to last byte of table PRS17 LDA THAV,X ;byte of handler vector table STA HATABS,X ;byte of RAM table DEX BPL PRS17 ;if not done ; Initialize ACMI module, if present. ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Initialize JMPERS. LDA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow ORA #$04 ;enable fast pot scan STA SKCTL ;set serial port control STA WSYNC ;wait until pot values are stable STA WSYNC STA WSYNC ; Loop through POT7..POT4. LDX #3 ;start at POT7 PRS18 LDA POT4,x ;read POT value ASL A ;C = 0 if jumper X shorted ROL JMPERS ;transfer C to JMPERS DEX BPL PRS18 ;if not finished LDA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SKCTL ;restore serial port control CLI LDA JMPERS ROR A ;C = 0 if J1 shorted BCS PRS19 ;if J1 not shorted ; Check for memory problems. LDA NGFLAG ;memory status BNE PRS19 ;if memory good ; Perform memory self-test on bad memory. LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;enable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control LDA #2 STA CHACT ;CHACTL (character control) shadow LDA #high DCSORG ;high domestic character set origin STA CHBAS ;CHBASE (character base) shadow JMP EMS ;execute memory self-test ; Check for cartridge. PRS19 LDX #0 STX TRAMSZ ;clear cartridge flag ; Check for cartridge special execution case. LDA TRIG3 ROR A BCC PRS20 ;if cartridge not inserted LDX RAMSIZ ;RAM size CPX #high $B000 ;start of cartridge area BCS PRS20 ;if RAM in cartridge area LDX CART BNE PRS20 ;if no cartridge INC TRAMSZ ;set cartridge flag JSR CCE ;check cartridge equivalence JSR ICS ;initialize cartridge software ; Open screen editor. PRS20 LDA #OPEN LDX #SEIOCB ;screen editor IOCB index STA ICCOM,X ;command LDA #low SEDS ;screen editor device specification STA ICBAL,X ;buffer address LDA #high SEDS STA ICBAH,X LDA #OPNIN+OPNOT ;open for input/output STA ICAX1,X ;auxiliary informatin 1 JSR CIOV ;vector to CIO BPL PRS21 ;if no error ; Process error (which should never happen). JMP RES ;retry power-up ; Delay, ensuring VBLANK. PRS21 INX BNE PRS21 ;if inner loop not done INY BPL PRS21 ;if outer loop not done ; Attempt cassette boot. JSR ACB ;attempt cassette boot ; Check cartridge for disk boot. LDA TRAMSZ BEQ PRS22 ;if no cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge mode flags ROR A BCC PRS23 ;if disk boot not desired ; Attempt disk boot. PRS22 JSR ADB ;attempt disk boot ; Initialize peripheral handler loading facility. JSR PHR ;poll, load, relocate, init: ; Indicate coldstart complete. PRS23 LDA #0 STA COLDST ;indicate coldstart complete ; Check cartridge for execution. LDA TRAMSZ BEQ PRS24 ;if no cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge mode flags AND #$04 BEQ PRS24 ;if execution not desired ; Execute cartridge. JMP (CARTCS) ;execute cartridge ; Exit to power-up display or booted program. PRS24 JMP (DOSVEC) ;vector to booted program SPACE 4,10 ** ICS - Initialize Cartridge Software * * ENTRY JSR ICS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICS = * ;entry JMP (CARTAD) ;initialize cartridge software SPACE 4,10 ** PAI - Process ACMI Interrupt * * PAI does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR PAI * * NOTES * Problem: this code is unneeded unless ACMI : * option is selected. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PAI = * ;entry CLC RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** THAV - Table of Handler Vectors * * NOTES * THAV is moved to RAM table HATABS. THAV DB PRINTR ;printer device code DW PRINTV ;printer handler vector table DB CASSET ;cassette device code DW CASETV ;cassette handler vector table DB SCREDT ;editor device code DW EDITRV ;editor handler vector table DB DISPLY ;screen device code DW SCRENV ;screen handler vector table DB KBD ;keyboard device code DW KEYBDV ;keyboard handler vector table THAVL = *-THAV ;length SPACE 4,10 ** BMSG - Boot Error Message BMSG DB 'BOOT ERROR',EOL SPACE 4,10 ** Screen Editor Device Specification SEDS DB 'E:',EOL SPACE 4,10 ** TIHV - Table of Interrupt Handler Vectors * * NOTES * TIHV is moved to RAM table INTABS. TIHV DW RIR ;VDSLST - display list NMI vector DW XIR ;VPRCED - proceed line IRQ vector DW XIR ;VINTER - interrupt line IRQ vector DW XIR ;VBREAK - BRK instruction IRQ vector DW KIR ;VKEYBD - keyboard IRQ vector DW IRIR ;VSERIN - serial input ready IRQ vector DW ORIR ;VSEROR - serial output ready IRQ vector DW OCIR ;VSEROC - serial output complete IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR1 - POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR2 - POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR4 - POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector DW IIR ;VIMIRQ - immediate IRQ vector DW 0 ;CDTMV1 - countdown timer 1 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV2 - countdown timer 2 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV3 - countdown timer 3 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV4 - countdown timer 4 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV5 - countdown timer 5 vector DW IVNM ;VVBLKI - immediate VBLANK NMI vector DW DVNM ;VVBLKD - deferred VBLANK NMI vector TIHVL = *-TIHV ;length SPACE 4,10 ** PMI - Perform Miscellaneous Initialization * * ENTRY JSR PMI * * NOTES * Problem: initial address for sizing RAM sho: * $4000 (16K) instead of $2800. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PMI = * ;entry ; Check for cartridge special execution case. LDA TRIG3 ROR A BCC PMI1 ;if cartridge not inserted LDA CART BNE PMI1 ;if not cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge flags BPL PMI1 ;if special execution not desired ; Execute cartridge. JMP (CARTAD) ;execute cartridge ; Determine size of RAM. RAMSYS IF RAMSYS PMI1 LDA #high $2800 ;10K STA TRAMSZ ;set RAM size RTS ;return RAMSYS ELSE PMI1 LDA #low $2800 ;initial low address TAY ;offset to first byte of page STA TRAMSZ-1 ;set initial low address LDA #high $2800 ;initial RAM size STA TRAMSZ ;set initial RAM size (high address) PMI2 LDA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;first byte of page EOR #$FF ;complement STA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;attempt to store complement CMP (TRAMSZ-1),Y BNE PMI3 ;if complement not stored EOR #$FF ;original value STA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;attempt to store original value CMP (TRAMSZ-1),Y BNE PMI3 ;if original value not stored INC TRAMSZ ;increment high address BNE PMI2 ;continue ; Exit. PMI3 RTS ;return RAMSYS ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** CCE - Check Cartridge Equivalence * * ENTRY JSR CCE * * NOTES * Problem: this code checksums $BFF0 - $C0EF;: * checksum $BF00 - $BFFF. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCE = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 ;initial sum TAX ;offset to first byte CLC ; Checksum 256 bytes of cartridge area. CCE1 ADC $BFF0,X ;add in byte INX BNE CCE1 ;if not done ; Exit. CMP CARTCK ;previous checksum STA CARTCK ;new checksum RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IHW - Initialize Hardware * * ENTRY JSR IHW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IHW = * ;entry ; Initialize CTIA, ANTIC and POKEY areas. LDA #0 ;initialization value TAX ;initial offset STA PBCTL ;set for direction register first IHW1 STA CTIA,X ;initialize CTIA/GTIA area register STA ANTIC,X ;initialize ANTIC area register STA POKEY,X ;initialize POKEY area register STA PIA,X ;initialize PIA area register INX BNE IHW1 ;if not done ; Initialize POKEY. LDA #$22 ;get POKEY out of initialize mode and set ch. 4 STA SKCTL ;set serial port control LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume STA AUDC3 ;turn off channel 3 STA AUDC4 ;turn off channel 4 LDA #$28 ;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3 STA AUDCTL ;set audio control LDA #$FF STA SEROUT ;start bit only RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ISW - Initialize Software * * ENTRY JSR ISW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ISW = * ;entry ; Initialize BREAK key handling. DEC BRKKEY ;turn off BREAK key flag LDA #low BIR STA BRKKY ;set BREAK key IRQ routine address LDA #high BIR STA BRKKY+1 ; Initialize RAMSIZ and MEMTOP. LDA TRAMSZ ;determined size of RAM STA RAMSIZ ;size of RAM STA MEMTOP+1 ;high top of memory LDA #$00 STA MEMTOP ;low top of memory ; Initialize MEMLO. LDA #low INIML ;initial MEMLO address STA MEMLO LDA #high INIML STA MEMLO+1 ; Initialize device handlers. JSR EDITRV+12 ;initialize editor handler JSR SCRENV+12 ;initialize screen handler JSR KEYBDV+12 ;initialize keyboard handler JSR PRINTV+12 ;initialize printer handler JSR CASETV+12 ;initialize cassette handler ; Initialize various routines. JSR CIOINV ;initialize CIO JSR SIOINV ;initialize SIO JSR INTINV ;initialize interrupt handler JSR DINITV ;initialize DIO ; Set status of START key. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator EOR #$01 ;START key status STA CKEY ;cassette boot request flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ADB - Attempt Disk Boot * * ENTRY JSR ADB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ADB = * ;entry ; Check type of reset. LDA WARMST BEQ ADB1 ;if not warmstart ; Process warmstart. LDA BOOT? ;successful boot flags AND #$01 ;successful disk boot indicator BEQ BAI2 ;if disk boot not successful, return ; Initialize disk booted software. JMP IBS ;initialize booted software ; Process coldstart. ADB1 LDA #1 STA DUNIT ;disk unit number LDA #STATC ;status STA DCOMND ;command JSR DSKINV ;issue command BMI BAI2 ;if error, return ; Boot. ; JMP ABI ;attempt boot and initialize SPACE 4,10 ** ABI - Attempt Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR ABI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ABI = * ;entry LDA #high 1 STA DAUX2 LDA #low 1 ;sector number STA DAUX1 LDA #low [CASBUF+3] ;buffer address STA DBUFLO LDA #high [CASBUF+3] STA DBUFHI ; JMP BAI ;boot and initialize SPACE 4,10 ** BAI - Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR BAI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BAI = * ;entry ; Read first sector. JSR GNS ;get next sector BPL CBI ;if no error, complete boot and initialize ; Process error. BAI1 JSR DBE ;display boot error message LDA CASSBT BEQ ABI ;if not cassette boot, try again ; Exit. BAI2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBI - Complete Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR CBI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBI = * ;entry ; Transfer flags. LDX #3 CBI1 LDA CASBUF+3,X ;byte from buffer STA DFLAGS,X ;flag byte DEX BPL CBI1 ;if not done ; Transfer sector. LDA BOOTAD STA RAMLO ;set boot address LDA BOOTAD+1 STA RAMLO+1 LDA CASBUF+7 STA DOSINI ;establish initializtion address LDA CASBUF+8 STA DOSINI+1 CBI2 LDY #127 ;offset to last byte of sector CBI3 LDA CASBUF+3,Y ;byte of sector buffer STA (RAMLO),Y ;byte of boot program DEY BPL CBI3 ;if not done ; Increment loader buffer pointer. CLC LDA RAMLO ADC #$80 STA RAMLO LDA RAMLO+1 ADC #0 STA RAMLO+1 ;increment boot loader buffer pointer ; Decrement and check number of sectors. DEC DBSECT ;decrement number of sectors BEQ CBI5 ;if no more sectors ; Get next sector. INC DAUX1 ;increment sector number CBI4 JSR GNS ;get next sector BPL CBI2 ;if status OK ; Process error. JSR DBE ;display boot error message LDA CASSBT BNE BAI1 ;if cassette, start over BEQ CBI4 ;try sector again ; Clean up. CBI5 LDA CASSBT BEQ CBI6 ;if not cassette boot JSR GNS ;get EOF record (but do not use it) ; Execute boot loader. CBI6 JSR EBL ;execute boot loader BCS BAI1 ;if bad boot, try again ; Initialize booted software. JSR IBS ;initialize booted software INC BOOT? ;indicate boot success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** EBL - Execute Boot Loader * * ENTRY JSR EBL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EBL = * ;entry ; Move boot loader start address to RAMLO. CLC LDA BOOTAD ADC #6 STA RAMLO ;boot loader start address LDA BOOTAD+1 ADC #0 STA RAMLO+1 ; Execute boot loader. JMP (RAMLO) ;execute boot loader SPACE 4,10 ** IBS - Initialize Booted Software * * ENTRY JSR IBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IBS = * ;entry JMP (DOSINI) ;initialize booted software SPACE 4,10 ** DBE - Display Boot Error Message * * ENTRY JSR DBE * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by LDX/TXA and LDY/TYA * combinations. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBE = * ;entry ; Set up IOCB. LDX #low BMSG ;boot error message LDY #high BMSG TXA LDX #SEIOCB ;screen editor IOCB index STA ICBAL,X ;low buffer address TYA STA ICBAH,X ;high buffer address LDA #PUTREC STA ICCOM,X ;command LDA #$FF STA ICBLL,X ;buffer length ; Perform CIO. JMP CIOV ;vector to CIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** GNS - Get Next Sector * * ENTRY JSR GNS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNS = * ;entry ; Check type of boot. LDA CASSBT BEQ GNS1 ;if not cassette boot ; Read block from cassette. JMP RBLOKV ;vector to read cassette block routine, return ; Read sector from disk. GNS1 LDA #READ STA DCOMND ;command LDA #1 ;drive number 1 STA DUNIT ;set drive number JMP DSKINV ;vector to DIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** ACB - Attempt Cassette Boot * * ENTRY JSR ACB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACB = * ;entry ; Check type. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BEQ ACB1 ;if coldstart ; Perform warmstart procedures. LDA BOOT? ;successful boot flags AND #$02 ;successful cassette boot indicator BEQ ACB2 ;if cassette boot not successful JMP ACB3 ;initialize cassette ; Perform coldstart procedures. ACB1 LDA CKEY ;cassette boot request flag BEQ ACB2 ;if cassette boot not requested, return ; Boot cassette. LDA #$80 STA FTYPE ;set long IRG type INC CASSBT ;set cassette boot flag JSR CSOPIV ;open cassette for input JSR BAI ;boot and initialize LDA #0 STA CASSBT ;clear cassette boot flag STA CKEY ;clear cassette boot request flag ASL BOOT? ;indicate successful cassette boot LDA DOSINI STA CASINI ;cassette software initialization address LDA DOSINI+1 STA CASINI+1 ; Exit. ACB2 RTS ;return ; Initialize cassette booted program. ACB3 JMP (CASINI) ;initialize cassette booted program SUBTTL 'Disk Input/Ouput' FIX $C69F SPACE 4,10 ** IDIO - Initialize DIO * * ENTRY JSR IDIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IDIO = * ;entry LDA #160 ;160 second timeout STA DSKTIM ;set initial disk timeout LDA #low DSCTSZ ;disk sector size STA DSCTLN LDA #high DSCTSZ STA DSCTLN+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DIO - Disk I/O * * ENTRY JSR DIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #DISKID ;disk bus ID STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA DSKTIM ;timeout LDX DCOMND ;command CPX #FOMAT BEQ DIO1 ;if FORMAT command LDA #7 ;set timeout to 7 seconds DIO1 STA DTIMLO ;timeout ; Set SIO command. LDX #GETDAT ;assume GET DATA LDA DCOMND ;command CMP #PUTSEC BEQ DIO2 ;if PUT SECTOR command CMP #WRITE BNE DIO3 ;if not WRITE command DIO2 LDX #PUTDAT ;select PUT DATA ; Check command. DIO3 CMP #STATC BNE DIO4 ;if not STATUS command ; Set up STATUS command. LDA #low DVSTAT STA DBUFLO ;buffer address LDA #high DVSTAT STA DBUFHI LDY #low 4 ;low byte count LDA #high 4 ;high byte count BEQ DIO5 ;perform SIO ; Set up other commands. DIO4 LDY DSCTLN ;low byte count LDA DSCTLN+1 ;high byte count ; Perform SIO. DIO5 STX DSTATS ;SIO command STY DBYTLO ;low byte count STA DBYTHI ;high byte count JSR SIOV ;vector to SIO BPL DIO6 ;if no error ; Process error. RTS ;return ; Process successful operation. DIO6 LDA DCOMND ;command CMP #STATC BNE DIO7 ;if not STATUS command JSR SBA ;set buffer address LDY #2 LDA (BUFADR),Y ;timeout status STA DSKTIM ;disk timeout ; Set byte count. DIO7 LDA DCOMND CMP #FOMAT BNE DIO10 ;if not FORMAT command JSR SBA ;set buffer address LDY #$FE ;initial buffer pointer DIO8 INY ;increment buffer pointer INY ;increment buffer pointer DIO9 LDA (BUFADR),Y ;low bad sector data CMP #$FF BNE DIO8 ;if low not $FF INY LDA (BUFADR),Y ;high bad sector data INY CMP #$FF BNE DIO9 ;if high not $FF DEY DEY STY DBYTLO ;low bad sector byte count LDA #0 STA DBYTHI ;high bad sector byte count ; Exit. DIO10 LDY DSTATS ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SBA - Set Buffer Address * * ENTRY JSR SBA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBA = * ;entry LDA DBUFLO STA BUFADR ;buffer address LDA DBUFHI STA BUFADR+1 RTS ;return SUBTTL 'Relocating Loader' SPACE 4,10 ** RLR - Relocate Routine * * RLR relocates a relocatable routine which is assemb: * origin 0. * * ENTRY JSR RLR * GBYTEA - GBYTEA+1 = address of get-byte rou: * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RLR = * ;entry ; Clear parameter block. LDX #5 ;offset to last parameter RLR1 LDA #0 STA PARMBL,X ;clear byte of parameter bl: DEX BPL RLR1 ;if not done ; Get a new record type and set the subroutine vector: RLR2 LDA #0 STA LCOUNT ;process 0th byte of a reco: JSR GBY ;get type ID LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record STA HIBYTE ;save type ID JSR GBY ;get record length LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record STA RECLEN LDA HIBYTE ;get type ID CMP #$0B ;END record BEQ END ;if END record ROL A ;set subroutine vectors TAX LDA TRPR,X STA RUNADR LDA TRPR+1,X STA RUNADR+1 RLR3 LDA RECLEN CMP LCOUNT BEQ RLR2 ;if LCOUNT=RECLEN, get new : JSR GBY ;get next byte LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record JSR CAL ;call record subroutine INC LCOUNT BNE RLR3 ;continue RLR4 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** END - Handle END Record * * END handles record type of * 1.End Record * * Record format: * Byte 0 Type ID * Byte 1 Self-start flag * Bytes 2 - 3 Run address * * Process formula * * RUNADR+LOADAD ==> Start Execution Address n Loader-: * parameter block. * * End record calculates the start execution address b: * RUNADR with LOADAD, and returns to the Caller with : * block and a status byte in the Y register. Y=1 mean: * successful, else is a data structure error. * * ENTRY JSR END * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 END = * ;entry JSR GBY ;get low byte of the RUNADR LDY #DATAER BCS END3 ;if EOF before END record STA RUNADR JSR GBY ;get high byte of the RUNADR LDY #DATAER BCS END3 ;if EOF before END record STA RUNADR+1 LDA RECLEN ;RECLEN here is self-start flag CMP #1 BEQ END2 ;if 1, an absolute RUNADR, no fixup BCC END4 ;if 0, this is not a self-start pro: ; Process relative start. CLC LDA RUNADR ;execution address, needs f: ADC LOADAD TAY LDA RUNADR+1 ADC LOADAD+1 ;A= high byte, Y=low byte END1 STY RUNADR ;set up Loader-Caller param: STA RUNADR+1 END2 LDY #SUCCES ;Y=1 successful operation END3 RTS ;return END4 LDY #0 ;fill self-start parameter : LDA #0 ;for non-self start program BEQ END1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** GBY - Get Byte * * ENTRY JSR GBY * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GBY = * ;entry JMP (GBYTEA) ;get byte, return SPACE 4,10 ** CAL - Execute at Run Address * * ENTRY JSR CAL * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CAL = * ;entry JMP (RUNADR) ;process record, return SPACE 4,10 ** TEX - Handle Text Record * * TEX handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page relocatable text * 2.Zero page relocatable text * 3.Absolute text * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Relative addr. |text | * |ID |(RECLEN) |(RELADR) | | * * Process formula * A register ===> (NEWADR+LCOUNT) * * Relocate object text into fixed address of NEWADR+L: * * ENTRY JSR TEX * * NOTES * * 1.The relocating address (NEWADR) for absolute text: * relative address (RELADR), relocating address fixup: * needed. * 2.There is no need to compare MEMTOP for processing: * text. * 3.X register is used as an indexing to zero page va: * or non-zero page variables. X=0 means pointing : * page fariable, whereas X=2 means pointing to zero p: * variables. * 4.Each byte of the object text comes in A register. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TEX = * ;entry LDY LCOUNT ;A register=data coming in CPY #$01 BEQ TEX1 ;if 1, process highest used address BCS FTX ;if 2 or greater, relocate object t: STA RELADR STA NEWADR ;for absolute text NEWADR=RELADR BCC TEX8 ; Set highest used address. TEX1 STA RELADR+1 ;save high byte of RELADR STA NEWADR+1 ;for absolute text NEWADR=R: LDX #0 ;X=an index to non-zero or : LDA HIBYTE ;HIBYTE=Type ID BEQ TEX2 ;if 0, process non-zero pag: CMP #$0A BEQ TEX3 ;if $0A, needs no relative : LDX #2 ;X=2 for zero page text rec: TEX2 CLC ;fix relocating addr. for n: LDA RELADR ;text & zero page text ADC LOADAD,X ;NEWADR=RELADR+LOADAD STA NEWADR LDA RELADR+1 ADC LOADAD+1,X STA NEWADR+1 ;Loader start relocating TEX3 CLC LDA NEWADR ;NEWADR+RECLEN is the last used mem: ADC RECLEN ;for this particular record PHA LDA #0 ;A=high byte, S=low byte ADC NEWADR+1 TAY ;high byte PLA ;low byte SEC SBC #2 ;skip unwanted 2 bytes of relative : BCS TEX4 DEY TEX4 PHA TYA CMP HIUSED+1,X ;HIUSED stores the highest : PLA BCC TEX6 ;if HIUSED>(NEWADR+RECLEN),: BNE TEX5 ;if HIUSED<=(NEWADR+RECLEN) CMP HIUSED,X BCC TEX6 ; Update HIUSED. TEX5 STA HIUSED,X ;update HIUSED PHA TYA STA HIUSED+1,X PLA TEX6 LDX HIBYTE CPX #$01 BEQ TEX8 ;if zero page text ; Check MEMTOP. CPY MEMTOP+1 ;MEMTOP>HIUSED, OK BCC TEX8 BNE TEX7 CMP MEMTOP BCC TEX8 TEX7 PLA ;MEMTOP<=HIUSED then error PLA ;do a force return to calle: LDY #MEMERR ;set memory insufficient fl: TEX8 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FTX - Relocate Text into Memory * * ENTRY JSR FTX * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by JMP to RTS. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FTX = * ;entry SEC PHA ;A register has object text LDA LCOUNT ;LCOUNT counts 2 bytes of relative : SBC #2 ;-2 is the total bytes of object te: CLC ADC NEWADR STA LTEMP ;A ===>(NEWADR+LCOUNT-2) LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 PLA LDY #0 STA (LTEMP),Y JMP TEX8 ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WOR - Handle Word Reference Record Type * * WOR handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page word references to non-zero page. * 2.Zero page word references to non-zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn| * |ID |(RECLEN) |A Reg. | | | * * Process formula * * (A register +NEWADR)W +LOADAD ===> (NEWADR+ A regis: * * Count, the offset from the start relocating address: * low byte * of a word needing to be fixed. The fixup process i: * content of the word and add loading address, then r: * fixed word. * * Offset information comes in A register. * * ENTRY JSR WOR * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WOR = * ;entry CLC ADC NEWADR ;offset in A register STA LTEMP LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 ;offset +NEWADR= LTEMP LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;get low byte content of wh: CLC ADC LOADAD ;fix low byte of a word STA (LTEMP),Y INC LTEMP ;increment LTEMP pointer by: BNE WOR1 ;if low not zero INC LTEMP+1 ;increment high WOR1 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;fix high byte of a word ADC LOADAD+1 STA (LTEMP),Y ;restore processed content RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** LOO - Handle Low Byte and One Byte Record Types * * LOO handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page low byte references to non-zero ppa: * 2.Zero page low byte references to non-zero page. * 3.Non-zero page one byte references to zero page. * 4.Zero page one byte references to zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn| * |ID |(RECLEN) |A Reg. |A Reg. | | * * The process formula for non-zero page low byte refe: * non-zero page record and zero page low byte referen: * non-zero page record is * * (offset + NEWADR)+LOADAD ===> (offset +NEWADR) * * The process formula for non-zero page one byte refe: * zero * page record and zero page one byte references to ze: * record * is * * (offset + NEWADR)+LOADADZ ===> (offset + NEWADR) * * Count from the offset from the start relocating add: * low byte or one byte need to be fixed. Get the cont: * low byte or one byteand add either LOADAD or LOADAD: * page loading address), then restore the value. * * The offset comes in A register. * * The X register for this routine points to either no: * variables or zero page variables. Record type 2 & 3: * non-zero page variable, type 4 & 5 needs zero page : * * X=2 points to zero page variable. * * ENTRY JSR LOO * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LOO = * ;entry LDX #0 ;X=0 points to non-zero page variab: LDY HIBYTE ;HIBYTE has Type ID CPY #4 ;type 4 & 5 needs zero page variabl: BCC LOO1 ;if type 2 or 3, need non-zero page: LDX #2 ;point to zero page variable LOO1 CLC ;offset is in A register ADC NEWADR ;offset+NEWADR=the byte needs fixup STA LTEMP LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;get the content of offset+: CLC ADC LOADAD,X ;do relocating fixup STA (LTEMP),Y ;restore the being fixed va: RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** HIG - Handle High Byte Record Types * * HIG handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page high bytes references to non-zero p: * 2.Zero page high bytes references to non-zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Low byte|Offset2|L: * |ID |(RECLEN) |HIBYTE |A Reg. | (HIBYTE): * * Process formula * * (HIBYTE+NEWADR)+[[LOADAD+A]/256] ==> (HIBYTE+NEWADR: * * Count the offset from the start relocating address : * byte needs to be fixed. Get the low byte informatio: * A register, then add the low byte with LOADAD and s: * flag depending on the calculation. Next do an addit: * high byte, NEWADR and the C flag. Restore the addit: * back to the high byte location in memory. * * HIBYTE is not Type ID here. HIBYTE is used to store: * byte value. * * ENTRY JSR HIG * * NOTES * Problem: many instances of jumping to RTS i: * wastes bytes. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 HIG = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save offset pointing to hi: ; Check LCOUNT odd or even. LDA LCOUNT ROR A PLA BCS HIG2 ;if even number, process lo: ; Process high byte. CLC ADC NEWADR STA LTEMP ;get high byte value LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y STA HIBYTE ;save high byte content HIG1 RTS ;return ; Process low byte HIG2 CLC ADC LOADAD ;add low byte with LOADAD LDA #0 ADC LOADAD+1 ADC HIBYTE ;C flag+LOADAD(high byte)+H: LDY #0 STA (LTEMP),Y ;store being fixed high byt: BEQ HIG1 SPACE 4,10 ** TRPR - Table of Record Processing Routines TRPR DW TEX ;0 - non-zero page relocatable text DW TEX ;1 - zero page relocatable text DW LOO ;2 - non-zero page low byte to non-: DW LOO ;3 - zero page low byte to non-zero: DW LOO ;4 - non-zero page one byte to zero: DW LOO ;5 - zero page one byte to zero pag: DW WOR ;6 - non-zero page word to non-zero: DW WOR ;7 - zero page word to non-zero pag: DW HIG ;8 - non-zero page high byte to non: DW HIG ;9 - zero page high byte to non-zer: DW TEX ;10 - absolute text DW END ;11 - end record SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** PPD0 - Perform Power-Up Display * * PPD0 displays the Atari rainbow logo and after pressing HELP * selects the self-test ROM and executes the self-test. * * ENTRY JSR PPD0 * * NOTES * Problem: IRQEN is updated, but POKMSK isn't - after * a keypress IRQs are restored from POKMSK. * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 PPD0 = * ;entry *********************************** * * * D:RAINBOW.MAC * * * XL1200 PLUS RAINBOW LOGO * * * 10/26/82 * * * * * * * * * ENTRY: * * ORG * * * * EXIT: * * EXIT * * * * MEMORY: * * $0000-$FFFF * * * * REGISTERS: * * A X Y * * * * ROUTINES * * * * * * * * * * * * MODS: * * M. W. Colburn * * 10/26/82 * * * *********************************** ; Equates YCOR = $D2 ZPAGE = $D0 RAIN = $D4 LDA #$FF STA COLDST ;force coldstart on RESET LDA #0 ;HELP key not pressed indicator STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag LDA #$01 STA ATACHR LDX #$10 LDA #$0C STA ICCOM,X JSR CIOV ; CLOSE #1 BEFORE OPENING LDA #high $4000 ;hardcode screen location ; STA RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size VFD 8\$8D,8\low RAMTOP,8\high RAMTOP LDX #$10 LDA #$03 STA ICCOM,X LDA #LOW SCRN STA ICBAL,X LDA #HIGH SCRN STA ICBAH,X LDA #8 STA ICAX1,X LDA #6 STA ICAX2,X JSR CIOV LDA #$40 ;only enable keyboard IRQ STA IRQEN ;IRQ enable ; Draw the (R) mark. LDX #$04 ;number of rows LDY #$00 ;screen pointer PPD1 LDA TPOR1,X ;mark data STA $3A6F,Y ;copy to screen LDA TPOR2,X ;mark data STA $3ABF,Y ;copy to screen TYA CLC ADC #20 ;advance to next screen row TAY DEX ;decrease number of rows BPL PPD1 ;if on last row LDA #0 STA SDMCTL LDA #LOW DATTBL STA ZPAGE LDA #HIGH DATTBL STA ZPAGE+1 LDX #36 STX YCOR MAINLP LDY #0 ; STY OLDCOL+1 VFD 8\$8C,8\low [OLDCOL+1],8\high [OLDCOL+1] ; STY COLCRS+1 VFD 8\$8C,8\low [COLCRS+1],8\high [COLCRS+1] LDA (ZPAGE),Y INC ZPAGE BNE CN1 INC ZPAGE+1 CN1 PHA AND #$7F CLC ADC #45 ; STA OLDCOL VFD 8\$8D,8\low OLDCOL,8\high OLDCOL ; DEC OLDCOL VFD 8\$CE,8\low OLDCOL,8\high OLDCOL CLC ADC #4 ; STA COLCRS VFD 8\$8D,8\low COLCRS,8\high COLCRS PLA PHA BPL CN2 ; DEC COLCRS VFD 8\$CE,8\low COLCRS,8\high COLCRS ; DEC COLCRS VFD 8\$CE,8\low COLCRS,8\high COLCRS CN2 LDA YCOR ; STA OLDROW VFD 8\$8D,8\low OLDROW,8\high OLDROW ; STA ROWCRS VFD 8\$8D,8\low ROWCRS,8\high ROWCRS LDX #$10 LDA #$11 STA ICCOM,X JSR CIOV PLA CMP #68 BNE MAINLP INC YCOR LDA YCOR CMP #62 BNE MAINLP LDY #LOW VBLK LDX #HIGH VBLK LDA #7 JSR SETVBV LDA #$22 STA SDMCTL ; Wait for HELP key. STALL LDA HELPFG ;HELP key flag BEQ STALL ;if HELP key not pressed LDA #0 ;HELP key not pressed indicator STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag ; Disable rainbow colors VBLANK routine. LDY #low DVNM LDX #high DVNM LDA #7 ;deferred VBLANK vector JSR SETVBV ;set VBLANK parameters LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;enable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control JMP SLFTSV ;vector to self-test SCRN DB 'S:' DATTBL LINE1 DB 128+10,17,21,25,29,128+38,54,57,68 LINE2 DB 9,17,21,25,29,37,52,56,59,68 LINE3 DB 8,10,17,21,25,29,36,38,52,56,60,68 LINE4 DB 8,10,17,21,25,29,36,38,51,55,59,61,68 LINE5 DB 8,10,23,36,38,51,52,61,62,68 LINE6 DB 7,11,23,35,39,51,62,68 LINE7 DB 7,11,23,35,39,51,62,68 LINE8 DB 7,11,23,35,39,51,62,68 LINE9 DB 6,12,23,34,40,51,62,68 LINE10 DB 6,12,23,34,40,51,62,68 LINE11 DB 6,12,23,34,40,51,61,68 LINE12 DB 5,13,23,33,41,51,60,68 LINE13 DB 5,13,23,33,41,51,59,68 LINE14 DB 5,13,23,33,41,51,58,68 LINE15 DB 4,14,23,32,42,51,57,68 LINE16 DB 4,14,23,32,42,51,57,68 LINE17 DB 4,14,23,32,42,51,58,68 LINE18 DB 3,7,11,15,23,31,35,39,43,51,58,68 LINE19 DB 3,7,11,15,23,31,35,39,43,51,59,68 LINE20 DB 3,7,11,15,23,31,35,39,43,51,59,68 LINE21 DB 2,6,10,14,16,23,30,34,38,42,44,51,60,68 LINE22 DB 2,16,23,30,44,51,60,68 LINE23 DB 2,16,23,30,44,51,61,68 LINE24 DB 1,17,23,29,45,51,61,68 LINE25 DB 1,17,23,29,45,51,62,68 LINE26 DB 1,17,23,29,45,51,62,68 VBLK SEI ;disable keyboard IRQ interference DEC RAIN LDA RAIN AND #$FE TAX LDY #230 VLP STA WSYNC INX ; rainbow down INX BNE VR ; Not there yet LDX #$10 VR STX COLPF0 DEY BNE VLP CLI ;restore keyboard IRQ JMP XITVBV SPACE 4,10 ** TPOR1 - Table of Power-On (R) Mark - 1st Half * * NOTES * Problem: Table is 1 byte too long. TPOR1 DB $B9,$A5,$B9,$81,$7E SPACE 4,10 ** TPOR2 - Table of Power-On (R) Mark - 2nd Half * * NOTES * Problem: Table is 1 byte too long. TPOR2 DB $00,$7E,$81,$A5,$A9 SPACE 4,10 ** TSTO - Table of Self-test Text Offsets TSTO DB TXT0-TTXT ;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB TXT1-TTXT ;1 - offset to "RAM" text DB TXT2-TTXT ;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB TXT3-TTXT ;3 - offset to "S P A C E B A R" text DB TXT4-TTXT ;4 - offset to "SH" text DB TXT5-TTXT ;5 - offset to "SH" text DB TXT6-TTXT ;6 - offset to "B S" text DB TXT7-TTXT ;7 - offset to keyboard text DB TXT8-TTXT ;8 - offset to control key text DB TXT9-TTXT ;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text SPACE 4,10 ** TTXT - Table of Text Sequences TTXT = * SPACE 4,10 ** TXT0 - "MEMORY TEST ROM" Text TXT0 DB $00,$00 DB $2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39 ;"MEMORY" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 DB $32,$2F,$2D ;"ROM" TXT0L = *-TXT0 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT1 - "RAM" Text TXT1 DB $32,$21,$2D ;"RAM" TXT1L = *-TXT1 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT2 - "KEYBOARD TEST" Text TXT2 DB $00,$00 DB $2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24 ;"KEYBOARD" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 DB $B2 TXT2L = *-TXT2 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT7 - Keyboard TXT7 = * ; First Row (Function Keys) DB $91 ;"1" DB $00 DB $92 ;"2" DB $00 DB $93 ;"3" DB $00 DB $94 ;"4" DB $00 DB $A8 ;"H" DB $00 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $00 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Second Row ("1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 < >") DB $5B DB $00 DB $11 ;"1" DB $00 DB $12 ;"2" DB $00 DB $13 ;"3" DB $00 DB $14 ;"4" DB $00 DB $15 ;"5" DB $00 DB $16 ;"6" DB $00 DB $17 ;"7" DB $00 DB $18 ;"8" DB $00 DB $19 ;"9" DB $00 DB $10 ;"0" DB $00 DB $1C ;"<" DB $00 DB $1E ;">" DB $00 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Third Row ("Q W E R T Y U I O P - =") DB $FF DB $FF DB $00 DB $31 ;"Q" DB $00 DB $37 ;"W" DB $00 DB $25 ;"E" DB $00 DB $32 ;"R" DB $00 DB $34 ;"T" DB $00 DB $39 ;"Y" DB $00 DB $35 ;"U" DB $00 DB $29 ;"I" DB $00 DB $2F ;"O" DB $00 DB $30 ;"P" DB $00 DB $0D ;"-" DB $00 DB $1D ;"=" DB $00 DB $B2 ;"R" DB $B4 ;"T" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Fourth Row ("A S D F G H J K L ; + *") DB $80 DB $DC DB $80 DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" DB $00 DB $24 ;"D" DB $00 DB $26 ;"F" DB $00 DB $27 ;"G" DB $00 DB $28 ;"H" DB $00 DB $2A ;"J" DB $00 DB $2B ;"K" DB $00 DB $2C ;"L" DB $00 DB $1B ;";" DB $00 DB $0B ;"+" DB $00 DB $0A ;"*" DB $00 DB $A3 ;"C" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Fifth Row ("Z X C V B N M , . /") DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $A8 ;"H" DB $80 DB $00 DB $3A ;"Z" DB $00 DB $38 ;"X" DB $00 DB $23 ;"C" DB $00 DB $36 ;"V" DB $00 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $2E ;"N" DB $00 DB $2D ;"M" DB $00 DB $0C ;"," DB $00 DB $0E ;"." DB $00 DB $0F ;"/" DB $00 DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $A8 ;"H" DB $80 DB $00,$00,$00 ; Sixth Row (Space Bar) DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $80 DB $B0 ;"P" DB $80 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $80 DB $A3 ;"C" DB $80 DB $A5 ;"E" DB $80 DB $80 DB $80 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $80 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $80 DB $B2 ;"R" DB $80 TXT7L = *-TXT7 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT3 - "S P A C E B A R" Text TXT3 DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" DB $00 DB $30 ;"P" DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $23 ;"C" DB $00 DB $25 ;"E" DB $00 DB $00 DB $00 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $32 ;"R" DB $00 TXT3L = *-TXT3 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT4 - "SH" Text TXT4 DB $00 DB $33,$28 ;"SH" DB $00 TXT4L = *-TXT4 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT5 - "SH" Text TXT5 = TXT4 TXT5L = TXT4L ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT6 - "B S" Text TXT6 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" TXT6L = *-TXT6 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT8 - Control Key TXT8 DB $00 DB $5C DB $00 TXT8L = *-TXT8 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT9 - "VOICE #" Text TXT9 DB $36,$2F,$29,$23,$25 ;"VOICE" DB $00 DB $03 ;"#" TXT9L = *-TXT9 ;length SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** CLT - Checksum Linkage Table * * ENTRY JSR CLT * ZCHAIN = ZCHAIN+1 = address of linkage tabl: * * EXIT * A = checksum of linkage table * * CHANGES * Y * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLT = * ;entry LDY #17 ;offset to last byte to sum LDA #0 ;initial sum CLC CLT1 ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add byte DEY BPL CLT1 ;if not done ADC #0 ;add final carry EOR #$FF ;complement RTS ;return SUBTTL 'International Character Set' SPACE 4,10 FIX ICSORG SPACE 4,10 ** International Character Set DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$00 - space DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$01 - ! DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$02 - " DB $00,$66,$FF,$66,$66,$FF,$66,$00 ;$03 - # DB $18,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$18,$00 ;$04 - $ DB $00,$66,$6C,$18,$30,$66,$46,$00 ;$05 - % DB $1C,$36,$1C,$38,$6F,$66,$3B,$00 ;$06 - & DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$07 - ' DB $00,$0E,$1C,$18,$18,$1C,$0E,$00 ;$08 - ( DB $00,$70,$38,$18,$18,$38,$70,$00 ;$09 - ) DB $00,$66,$3C,$FF,$3C,$66,$00,$00 ;$0A - asterisk DB $00,$18,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$00,$00 ;$0B - plus DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$30 ;$0C - comma DB $00,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$0D - minus DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$00 ;$0E - period DB $00,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$40,$00 ;$0F - / DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$76,$66,$3C,$00 ;$10 - 0 DB $00,$18,$38,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$11 - 1 DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$12 - 2 DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$0C,$66,$3C,$00 ;$13 - 3 DB $00,$0C,$1C,$3C,$6C,$7E,$0C,$00 ;$14 - 4 DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$15 - 5 DB $00,$3C,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$16 - 6 DB $00,$7E,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$30,$00 ;$17 - 7 DB $00,$3C,$66,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$18 - 8 DB $00,$3C,$66,$3E,$06,$0C,$38,$00 ;$19 - 9 DB $00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$00 ;$1A - colon DB $00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$30 ;$1B - semicolon DB $06,$0C,$18,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$1C - < DB $00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00 ;$1D - = DB $60,$30,$18,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$00 ;$1E - > DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$1F - ? DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00 ;$20 - @ DB $00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$21 - A DB $00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$22 - B DB $00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00 ;$23 - C DB $00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00 ;$24 - D DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$25 - E DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$26 - F DB $00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$27 - G DB $00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$28 - H DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$29 - I DB $00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2A - J DB $00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$2B - K DB $00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$2C - L DB $00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00 ;$2D - M DB $00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00 ;$2E - N DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2F - O DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00 ;$30 - P DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00 ;$31 - Q DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00 ;$32 - R DB $00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00 ;$33 - S DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$34 - T DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$35 - U DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$36 - V DB $00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00 ;$37 - W DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00 ;$38 - X DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$39 - Y DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00 ;$3A - Z DB $00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00 ;$3B - [ DB $00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$3C - \ DB $00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00 ;$3D - ] DB $00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00 ;$3E - ^ DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00 ;$3F - underline DB $0C,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$40 - acute accent a DB $30,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$41 - acute accent u DB $36,$6C,$00,$76,$76,$7E,$6E,$00 ;$42 - tilde N DB $0C,$18,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$7E,$00 ;$43 - acute accent E DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$3C,$18,$30 ;$44 - cedilla c DB $3C,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$45 - circumflex o DB $30,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$46 - grave accent o DB $30,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$47 - grave accent i DB $1C,$30,$30,$78,$30,$30,$7E,$00 ;$48 - U.K. currency DB $00,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$49 - diaeresis i DB $00,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4A - umlaut u DB $36,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4B - umlaut a DB $66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4C - umlaut O DB $0C,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4D - grave accent u DB $0C,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4E - acute accent o DB $00,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4F - umlaut o DB $66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$50 - umlaut U DB $3C,$66,$1C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$51 - circumflex a DB $3C,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$52 - circumflex u DB $3C,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$53 - circumflex i DB $0C,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$54 - acute accent e DB $30,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$55 - grave accent e DB $36,$6C,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$56 - tilde n DB $3C,$C3,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$57 - circumflex e DB $18,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$58 - ring a DB $30,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$59 - grave accent a DB $18,$00,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$5A - ring A DB $78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00 ;$5B - display escape DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$5C - up arrow DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$5D - down arrow DB $00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00 ;$5E - left arrow DB $00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00 ;$5F - right arrow DB $18,$00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$60 - Spanish ! DB $00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$61 - a DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$62 - b DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00 ;$63 - c DB $00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$64 - d DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$65 - e DB $00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$66 - f DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C ;$67 - g DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$68 - h DB $00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$69 - i DB $00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C ;$6A - j DB $00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$6B - k DB $00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$6C - l DB $00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00 ;$6D - m DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$6E - n DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$6F - o DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60 ;$70 - p DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06 ;$71 - q DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$72 - r DB $00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00 ;$73 - s DB $00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00 ;$74 - t DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$75 - u DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$76 - v DB $00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00 ;$77 - w DB $00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00 ;$78 - x DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78 ;$79 - y DB $00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$7A - z DB $66,$66,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$7B - umlaut A DB $18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18 ;$7C - | DB $00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00 ;$7D - display clear DB $08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00 ;$7E - display backspace DB $10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00 ;$7F - display tab SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 2' SPACE 4,10 FIX $D000 LOC $5000 ;$D000 - $D7FF mapped to $5000 - $57FF SPACE 4,10 ** STH - Self-test Hardware * * ENTRY JSR STH * * NOTES * Problem: this is superfluous; SLFTSV could vector to * EST. * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STH = * ;entry JMP EST ;execute self-test SPACE 4,10 ** EMS - Execute Memory Self-test * * ENTRY JSR EMS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EMS = * ;entry JSR IST ;initialize self-test JMP STM ;self-test memory SPACE 4,10 ** EST - Execute Self-test * * ENTRY JSR EST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EST = * ;entry JSR IST ;initialize self-test ; JMP SEL ;self-test SPACE 4,10 ** SEL - Self-test * * ENTRY JSR SEL * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEL = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA STTIME ;clear main screen timeout timer STA STTIME+1 STA STAUT ;clear auto-mode flag STA AUDCTL ;initialize audio control register LDA #$03 ;initialize POKEY STA SKCTL ;serial port control JSR SAS ;silence all sounds LDA #$40 ;disable DLI STA NMIEN ;NMI enable LDX #0 ;main screen colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #low DISL1 ;display list for main screen LDY #high DISL1 JSR SDL ;set up display list LDA #low PMD ;process main screen DLI routine STA VDSLST ;display list NMI address LDA #high PMD STA VDSLST+1 LDX #3*4 ;main screen bold lines LDA #$AA ;color 1 JSR SVR ;set value in range ; Wait for all screen DLI's to clear and for VBLANK. LDX #0 SEL1 STX WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization INX BNE SEL1 ;if not done waiting ; Wait until beam close to top (main screen DLI near). SEL2 LDA VCOUNT CMP #24 BCS SEL2 ;if not done waiting ; Preset for self-test type determination. LDA #$10 ;initially select memory test STA STPASS ;pass indicator LDA #$C0 ;enable DLI STA NMIEN ; Determine type of self-test. SEL3 LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator BNE SEL3 ;if START key not pressed LDA #$FF ;clear character STA CH LDA STSEL ;selection AND #$0F ;selection CMP #$01 ;memory test indicator BEQ SEL5 ;if memory test CMP #$02 BEQ SEL6 ;if audio-visual test CMP #$04 BEQ SEL7 ;if keyboard test ; Self-test all. SEL4 LDA #$88 ;indicate all tests STA STSEL ;selection LDA #$FF ;auto-mode indicator STA STAUT ;auto-mode flag ; Self-test memory. SEL5 JMP STM ;self-test memory ; Self-test audio-visual. SEL6 JMP STV ;self-test audio-visual ; Self-test keyboard. SEL7 JMP STK ;self-test keyboard SPACE 4,10 ** IST - Initialize Self-test * * ENTRY JSR IST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IST = * ;entry LDA #$11 ;indicate memory test STA STSEL ;selection LDA #$21 STA SDMCTL ;select small size playfield LDA #$C0 STA NMIEN ;enable DLI LDA #$41 STA STJMP ;ANTIC jump instruction LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SDL - Set Up Display List * * ENTRY JSR SDL * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDL = * ;entry STA STKST ;keyboard self-test flag TYA PHA ;save high address TXA PHA ;save low address LDA #0 STA SDMCTL ;DMACTL (DMA control) shadow STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag LDA #low POD ;process DLI routine STA VDSLST LDA #high POD STA VDSLST+1 LDX #0*4 ;screen memory TXA ;value is 0 JSR SVR ;set value in range PLA ;saved low address TAX PLA ;saved high address TAY STX SDLSTL ;low display list address STX STJMP+1 ;low display list address STY SDLSTH ;high display list address STY STJMP+2 ;high display list address LDA #$21 STA SDMCTL RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PMD - Process Main Screen DLI * * 1) IF MAIN SCREEN IS ON FOR MORE than FIVE MINUTES * THEN 'ALL TESTS' SELECTION IS SELECTED AND EXECUTED * 2) COLORS FOR CURRENTLY SELECTED CHOICE AND THE * NON-SELECTED CHOICES ARE DISPLAYED ON FLY * 3) SELECTION PROCESS IS HANDLED * * ENTRY JMP PMD * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PMD = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A TXA PHA ;save X ; Check for 4th time. PMD1 LDX #$7A ;assume non-selected color LDA STPASS ;pass indicator CMP #$01 ;4th time indicator BEQ PMD3 ;if 4th time ; Check for selection. AND #$01 ;selection indicatorn BEQ PMD2 ;if selected ; Increment and check blink counter. INC STBL ;increment blink counter LDA STBL ;blink counter AND #$20 ;blink indicator BEQ PMD2 ;if not to blink LDX #$2C ;use selected color ; Set color. PMD2 STX WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization STX COLPF0 ;playfield 0 color CLC ROR STPASS ;advance pass indicator LDA #0 STA ATRACT ; Exit. PLA TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Check for SELECT previously pressed. PMD3 LDA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag BNE PMD4 ;if SELECT previously pressed ; Check for SELECT pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BNE PMD5 ;if SELECT not pressed, exit ; Process SELECT pressed. LDA STSEL ;current selection ROL A ROL STSEL ;next selection LDA #$20 ;blink indicator STA STBL ;blink counter LDA #$FF ;SELECT previously pressed indicator STA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag BNE PMD5 ; Process SELECT previously pressed. PMD4 LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BEQ PMD5 ;if SELECT still pressed LDA #0 ;SELECT not previously pressed indicator STA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag ; ???every 4th time??? PMD5 LDA STSEL ;selection AND #$0F ORA #$10 ;reset indicate memory test STA STPASS ;pass indicator ; Advance main screen timer. INC STTIME BNE PMD6 ;if low not zero INC STTIME+1 ; Check main screen timer. PMD6 LDA STTIME+1 CMP #250 ;main screen timeout BNE PMD7 ;if main screen timed out ; Process main screen timeout. CLI JMP SEL4 ;self-test all ; Continue. PMD7 JMP PMD1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** DISL1 - Display List for Main Screen DISL1 DB $70,$70,$70,$70,$70 DB $47 DW SMEM1 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $4E DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $F0 DB $C6 DW SMEM2 DB $70,$86 DB $70,$86 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$70 DB $4E DW ST3000 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $42 DW SMEM3 DB $41 DW DISL1 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM1 - "SELF TEST" Text SMEM1 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $33,$25,$2C,$26 ;"SELF" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM2 - "MEMORY AUDIO-VISUAL KEYBOARD ALL TESTS" Text SMEM2 DB $00,$00 DB $2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39 ;"MEMORY" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $21,$35,$24,$29,$2F ;"AUDIO" DB $0D ;"-" DB $36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C ;"VISUAL" DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24 ;"KEYBOARD" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $21,$2C,$2C ;"ALL" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34,$33 ;"TESTS" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM3 - "SELECT,START OR RESET" Text SMEM3 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $42 DB $B3,$A5,$AC,$A5,$A3,$B4 ;"SELECT" DB $56 DB $0C ;"," DB $42 DB $B3,$B4,$A1,$B2,$B4 ;"START" DB $56 DB $2F,$32 ;"OR" DB $42 DB $B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4 ;"RESET" DB $56 DB $00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL2 - Display List for Memory Test DISL2 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$08 DB $70 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL3 - Display List for Exit Text DISL3 DB $A0,$40 DB $42 DW SMEM4 DB $01 DW STJMP SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM4 - "RESET OR HELP TO EXIT" Text SMEM4 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $42 DB $B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4 ;"RESET" DB $56 DB $2F,$32 ;"OR" DB $42 DB $A8,$A5,$AC,$B0 ;"HELP" DB $56 DB $34,$2F ;"TO" DB $00 DB $25,$38,$29,$34 ;"EXIT" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL4 - Display List for Keyboard Test DISL4 DB $70,$70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $70,$02 DB $70 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL5 - Display List for Audio-visual Test DISL5 DB $70,$70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW SMEM5 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$70 DB $4B DW ST3100 DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B DB $70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM5 - "AUDIO-VISUAL TEST" Text SMEM5 DB $00,$00 DB $21,$35,$24,$29,$2F ;"AUDIO" DB $0D ;"-" DB $36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C ;"VISUAL" DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** STM - Self-test Memory * * STM verifies ROM and RAM by verifying the ROM checksums and * writing and reading all possible values to each byte of RAM. * * ENTRY JSR STM * * NOTES * Problem: searches beyond end of TMNT. * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STM = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #low DISL2 ;memory test display list LDY #high DISL2 LDA #0 ;indicate not keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list LDX #1 ;memory test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #0 ;offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" test JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #1 ;offset to "RAM" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Test first 8K ROM. STM1 LDA ST3020 CMP #$AA ;color 1 for failure BEQ STM4 ;if first 8K ROM already failed LDA #$55 ;color 0 for test JSR DFS ;display first ROM status JSR DMW ;delay a middling while JSR VFR ;verify first 8K ROM BCS STM2 ;if ROM failed LDA #$FF ;color 2 for success JMP STM3 STM2 LDA #$AA ;color 1 for failure STM3 JSR DFS ;display first ROM status ; Test second 8K ROM. STM4 LDA ST3024 CMP #$AA ;color 1 for failure BEQ STM7 ;if second 8K ROM already failed LDA #$55 ;color 0 for test JSR DSS ;display second ROM status JSR DMW ;delay a middling while JSR VSR ;verify second 8K ROM BCS STM5 ;if ROM failed LDA #$FF ;color 2 for success JMP STM6 STM5 LDA #$AA ;color 1 for failure STM6 JSR DSS ;display second ROM status ; Test RAM. STM7 LDA #$C0 ;mask for left side of a screen byte STA STSMM LDA #$04 ;initially select LED 1 off STA STLM ;LED mask LDA #0 STA STSMP ;initialize ??? STA STPAG ;initialize current page STA STPAG+1 STA ST1K ;initialize current 1K to test ; Test 1K of RAM. STM8 LDX STSMP ;screen memory pointer LDA ST3038,X AND STSMM CMP #$80 BEQ STM17 ;if already failed CMP #$08 BEQ STM17 ;if already failed LDA #$44 ;color 0 for test JSR DRS ;display RAM block status LDA STLM ;LED mask JSR SLD ;set LED's LDA STLM ;current LED mask EOR #$0C ;complement LED's selected STA STLM ;update LED mask ; Check for memory not to test. LDX #TMNTL-1+2 ;2 bytes beyond last byte of table STM9 LDA TMNT,X ;range to test CMP STPAG+1 ;high current page BEQ STM15 ;if not to test, indicate success DEX BPL STM9 ;if not done ; Test 1K of RAM. LDA #4 ;number of pages to test STA STPC ;page count ; Write initial list to page. STM10 LDX #0 ;initial value to write ; Write list to page. STM11 LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page STM12 TXA STA (STPAG),Y ;byte of page INX INY BNE STM12 ;if not done writing page ; Verify list written to page. STX STMVAL ;first correct value to test LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page STM13 LDA (STPAG),Y ;byte of page CMP STMVAL ;correct value BNE STM14 ;if not correct value INC STMVAL ;increment value to test INY BNE STM13 ;if not done verifying page ; Increment and test initial value to write. INX ;increment initial value to write BNE STM11 ;if not done, write another list ; Decrement and test page counter. INC STPAG+1 ;increment high current page DEC STPC ;decrement page count BNE STM10 ;if not done testing pages BEQ STM16 ;indicate success ; Display failure. STM14 JSR DMW ;delay a middling while LDA #$88 ;color 1 for failure JSR DRS ;display RAM block status JMP STM17 ; Delay for simulating test of memory not to test. STM15 JSR DLW ;delay a long while ; Display success. STM16 LDA #$CC ;color 2 for success JSR DRS ;display RAM block status STM17 LDA STSMM BMI STM20 LDA #$C0 STA STSMM INC STSMP ;increment screen memory pointer STM18 CLC LDA ST1K ;current 1K to test ADC #high $0400 ;add 1K STA STPAG+1 ;high current page STA ST1K ;update current 1K to test CMP RAMSIZ ;RAM size BNE STM8 ;if not done testing RAM ; Check for auto-mode. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BNE STM19 ;if auto-mode, perform audio-visual test ; Test memory again. JMP STM1 ;test memory again ; Process auto-mode. STM19 LDA #$0C ;indicate LED 1 and 2 off JSR SLD ;set LED's JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STV ;self-test audio-visual STM20 LDA #$0C STA STSMM BNE STM18 SPACE 4,10 ** DFS - Display First ROM Status * * ENTRY JSR DFS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DFS = * ;entry LDX #1*4 ;first 8K ROM display JSR SVR ;set value in range AND #$FC STA ST3020+3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DSS - Display Second ROM Status * * ENTRY JSR DSS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSS = * ;entry LDX #2*4 ;second 8K ROM display JSR SVR ;set value in range AND #$FC STA ST3024+3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SLD - Set LED's * * ENTRY JSR SLD * A = LED mask (bit 3 - LED 2, bit 2 - LED 1) * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLD = * ;entry STA STTMP5 ;save LED mask LDA PORTB AND #$F3 ;clear LED control ORA STTMP5 ;set LED control according to mask STA PORTB ;update port B memory control RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DMW - Delay a Middling While * * ENTRY JSR DMW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DMW = * ;entry LDX #60 ;60-VBLANK delay BNE DAW ;delay a while SPACE 4,10 ** DLW - Delay a Long While * * ENTRY JSR DLW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLW = * ;entry LDX #150 ;150-VBLANK delay ; JMP DAW ;delay a while, return SPACE 4,10 ** DAW - Delay a While * * ENTRY JSR DAW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DAW = * ;entry DAW1 LDY #$FF ;initialize inner loop counter DAW2 STY WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization DEY BNE DAW2 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE DAW1 ;if outer loop not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DRS - Display RAM Block Status * * ENTRY JSR DRS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DRS = * ;entry PHA ;save color LDX STSMP LDA STSMM EOR #$FF ;complement AND ST3038,X STA ST3038,X PLA ;saved color AND STSMM ORA ST3038,X STA ST3038,X RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** POD - Process Other DLI's * * POD turns the last line on the screen into white on black, * handles keyboard self-test display of console switches, handles * HELP key for exit, and ensures no attract-mode. * * ENTRY JMP POD * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 POD = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A ; Select colors. LDA #$0C ;white color STA COLPF1 ;playfield 1 color LDA COLOR4 ;background color STA COLPF2 ;playfield 2 color ; Ensure no attract-mode. LDA #0 ;no attract-mode STA ATRACT ;attract-mode timer/flag ; Check HELP key. LDA HELPFG ;HELP key flag BEQ POD1 ;if HELP not pressed ; Process HELP key. LDA #0 ;HELP key not pressed indicator STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag LDA #$0C ;LED's off JSR SLD ;set LED's CLI JMP SEL ;start over with main screen ; Check for keyboard self-test. POD1 LDA STKST ;keyboard self-test flag BEQ POD10 ;if not keyboard self-test, exit ; Set display of console switches pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator BEQ POD2 ;if START key pressed LDA #$B3 BNE POD3 ;set display POD2 LDA #$33 POD3 STA ST301C ;set START key display LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BEQ POD4 ;if SELECT key pressed LDA #$F3 BNE POD5 ;set display POD4 LDA #$73 POD5 STA ST301E ;set SELECT key display LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$04 ;OPTION key indicator BEQ POD6 ;if OPTION key pressed LDA #$AF BNE POD7 ;set display POD6 LDA #$2F POD7 STA ST3020 ;set OPTION key display ; Sound tone if console switches pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$07 ;key indicators CMP #$07 ;no keys pressed BEQ POD8 ;if no keys pressed LDA #100 ;frequency STA AUDF2 ;set frequency of voice 2 LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume BNE POD9 ;set control of voice 2 POD8 LDA #0 ;zero volume POD9 STA AUDC2 ;set control of voice 2 ; Exit. POD10 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TMNT - Table of Memory Not to Test * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by redundant entries. TMNT DB high $0000 ;$0000 - $03FF, zero page and stack DB high $5000 ;$5000 - $53FF, self-test ROM DB high $5400 ;$5400 - $57FF, self-test ROM DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory TMNTL = *-TMNT ;length SPACE 4,10 ** STK - Self-test Keyboard * * STK verifies the operation of the keyboard by displaying * keys as they are pressed. In auto-mode, the verification * is simulated. * * ENTRY JSR STK * * NOTES * Problem: one too many bytes taken from TSKP table. * Problem: wasted bytes for extra LDA CH. * Problem: logic is convoluted (due to SBT and SAS * subroutines appearing in the middle of STK). * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STK = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #0 STX STSKP ;initialize simulated keypress index LDX #3 ;keyboard test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #low DISL4 ;keyboard display list LDY #high DISL4 LDA #$FF ;indicate keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list ; Test keyboard. STK1 LDX #2 ;offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #7 ;offset to keyboard text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check auto-mode. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BEQ STK3 ;if not auto-mode ; Simulate keypress. STK2 LDX STSKP ;offset to next simulated keypress LDA TSKP,X ;simulated keypress INC STSKP ;advance offset to simulated keypress LDX STSKP ;offset to simulated keypress CPX #TSKPL+1 ;last offset+1+1 BNE STK4 ;if last keypress not processed ; Self-test memory. JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STM ;self-test memory ; Get a keypress. STK3 LDA CH ;key code CMP #$FF ;clear code indicator BEQ STK3 ;if no key pressed CMP #$C0 BCS STK3 ;if ??? LDA CH ;key code ; Process keypress. STK4 LDX #$FF ;clear code indicator STX CH ;key code PHA ;save key code AND #$80 BEQ STK5 ;if not CTRL LDX #8 ;offset to control key text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check for shift key. STK5 PLA ;saved key code PHA ;save key code AND #$40 BEQ STK6 ;if not shift key ; Process keyboard shift key display. LDX #5 ;offset to "SH" JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #4 ;offset to "SH" JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check for special keys. STK6 PLA ;saved key code AND #$3F CMP #$21 BEQ KSB ;if space bar, process display CMP #$2C BEQ KTK ;if tab key, process display CMP #$34 BEQ KBK ;if backspace key, process display CMP #$0C BEQ KRK ;if return key, process display ; Process other key displays. TAX ;key code LDA TSMC,X ;display character PHA ;save display character LDA #low ST3021 STA STTMP1 ;screen pointer LDA #high ST3021 STA STTMP1+1 ; Find display character in screen memory. PLA ;saved display character LDY #$FF ;preset offset STK7 INY CMP (STTMP1),Y BNE STK7 ;if not found ; Display inverse video. LDA (STTMP1),Y EOR #$80 ;invert video STA (STTMP1),Y ; Check auto-mode. STK8 LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BEQ STK9 ;if not auto-mode ; Process auto-mode. JSR SBT ;sound beep tone LDX #20 ;20-VBLANK delay JSR DAW ;delay a while JSR SAS ;silence all sounds LDX #10 ;10-VBLANK delay JSR DAW ;delay a while JMP STK1 ;get next simulated keypress ; Process manual mode. STK9 JSR SBT ;sound beep tone STK10 LDA SKSTAT AND #$04 BEQ STK10 JSR SAS ;silence all sounds JMP STK1 ;get next keypress SPACE 4,10 ** SBT - Sound Beep Tone * * ENTRY JSR SBT * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBT = * ;entry LDA #$64 ;frequency STA AUDF1 ;set frequency LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume STA AUDC1 ;set control RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SAS - Silence All Sounds * * ENTRY JSR SAS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SAS = * ;entry LDA #0 ;volume 0 STA AUDC1 ;silence voice 1 STA AUDC2 ;silence voice 2 STA AUDC3 ;silence voice 3 STA AUDC4 ;silence voice 4 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** KSB - Process Keyboard Space Bar Display * * ENTRY JSR KSB * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KSB = * ;entry LDX #3 ;offset to "S P A C E B A R" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory JMP STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KBK - Process Keyboard Backspace Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KBK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KBK = * ;entry LDX #6 ;offset to "B S" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory JMP STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KTK - Process Keyboard Tab Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KTK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KTK = * ;entry LDA #$7F STA ST3052 STA ST3052+1 BNE STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KRK - Process Keyboard Return Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KRK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KRK = * ;entry LDA #$32 STA ST306D LDA #$34 STA ST306D+1 BNE STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** TSKP - Table of Simulated Keypresses TSKP DB $65,$0D,$12,$39,$3F,$2A,$00,$21 ;"Michael " DB $52,$08,$00,$15,$0B,$28,$23 ;"Colburn" TSKPL = *-TSKP ;length SPACE 4,10 ** STV - Self-test Audio-visual * * STV verifies the operation of the display and voices by * displaying and playing a tune. * * ENTRY JSR STV * * MODS M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STV = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #2 ;audio-visual test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors ; Test audio-visual. STV1 LDA #0 STA STVOC ;initialize voice indicator ; Test voice. STV2 LDA #0 STA STNOT ;initialize note counter LDX #low DISL5 ;audio-visual display list LDY #high DISL5 LDA #0 ;indicate not keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list ; Display voice number. LDX #9 ;offset to "VOICE #" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDA STVOC ;voice indicator LSR A ;voice number CLC ADC #$11 ;adjust for screen memory STA ST300B ;voice number display ; Display staff. LDX #$0F ;offset to last byte of staff lines STV3 LDA #$FF ;color 2 STA ST3150,X ;byte of first line of staff STA ST31B0,X ;byte of second line of staff STA ST3210,X ;byte of third line of staff STA ST3270,X ;byte of fourth line of staff STA ST32D0,X ;byte of fifth line of staff DEX BPL STV3 ;if not done ; Display cleft. LDA #0 ;offset to first cleft display address STA STCDI ;cleft display pointer LDA #2*6 STA STCDA ;cleft data pointer STV4 LDX STCDI ;cleft display pointer LDA TCDA+1,X ;high address of cleft display TAY LDA TCDA,X ;low address of cleft display TAX LDA STCDA ;cleft data pointer JSR DVN ;display ??? CLC LDA STCDA ;cleft data pointer ADC #6 STA STCDA ;update cleft data pointer INC STCDI ;increment cleft display pointer INC STCDI LDA STCDI ;cleft display pointer CMP #TCDAL ;length of cleft display table BNE STV4 ;if not done ; Delay. JSR DMW ;delay a middling while ; Display and play first note. LDX #low ST3154 LDY #high ST3154 LDA #0*6 JSR DVN LDA #$51 ;first note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play second note. LDX #low ST3186 LDY #high ST3186 LDA #0*6 JSR DVN LDA #$5B ;second note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play third note. LDX #low ST30F8 LDY #high ST30F8 LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST30C7 LDY #high ST30C7 LDA #14*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST3248 LDY #high ST3248 LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDA #$44 ;third note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play fourth note. LDX #low ST30CA LDY #high ST30CA LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST321A LDY #high ST321A LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST31CA LDY #high ST31CA LDA #1*6 JSR DVN LDA #$3C ;fourth note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play fifth note. LDX #low ST303C LDY #high ST303C LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST318C LDY #high ST318C LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST313C LDY #high ST313C LDA #1*6 JSR DVN LDA #$2D ;fifth note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play sixth note. LDX #low ST309E LDY #high ST309E LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST31EE LDY #high ST31EE LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDA #$35 ;sixth note frequency JSR SVN ; Delay. JSR DLW ;delay a long while ; Advance to next voice. INC STVOC ;increment voice indicator INC STVOC LDA STVOC ;voice indicator CMP #8 ;last voice indicator BNE STV5 ;if all voices not processed ; Process test completion. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BNE STV6 ;if auto-mode, perform keyboard test JMP STV1 ;repeat audio-visual test ; Test next voice. STV5 JMP STV2 ;test next voice ; Self-test keyboard. STV6 JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STK ;self-test keyboard SPACE 4,10 ** SVN - Sound Tone * * ENTRY JSR SVN * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVN = * ;entry ; Sound note. LDY STVOC ;current voice indicator STA AUDF1,Y ;set frequency LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume STA AUDC1,Y ;set control ; Delay a while. LDX STNOT ;current note LDA TNDD,X ;delay time TAX JSR DAW ;delay a while ; Increment note counter. INC STNOT ;increment note counter ; Exit. JSR SAS ;silence all sounds RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DVN - Display * * ENTRY JSR DVN * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DVN = * ;entry STX STTMP2 STY STTMP2+1 TAX LDY #0 LDA #16 STA STTMP3 LDA #6 STA STTMP4 DVN1 LDA TAVD,X ORA (STTMP2),Y STA (STTMP2),Y JSR AST ;add 16 DEC STTMP3 BNE DVN1 INC STTMP3 INX DEC STTMP4 BNE DVN1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AST - Add Sixteen * * ENTRY JSR AST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AST = * ;entry CLC LDA STTMP2 ;current low value ADC #16 ;add 16 STA STTMP2 ;new low value BCC AST1 ;if no carry INC STTMP2+1 ;adjust high value AST1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TNDD - Table of Note Duration Delays TNDD DB 32 ;0 - first note DB 32 ;1 - second note DB 32 ;2 - third note DB 16 ;3 - fourth note DB 16 ;4 - fifth note DB 32 ;5 - sixth note SPACE 4,10 ** TAVD - Table of Audio-visual Test Display Data TAVD DB $01,$1F,$3F,$7F,$3E,$1C ;0 DB $00,$41,$42,$4C,$70,$40 ;1 DB $00,$01,$02,$04,$08,$10 ;2 DB $00,$43,$44,$48,$48,$48 ;3 DB $00,$44,$22,$10,$08,$07 ;4 DB $00,$04,$08,$05,$02,$00 ;5 DB $00,$30,$48,$88,$84,$84 ;6 DB $00,$88,$88,$90,$A0,$C0 ;7 DB $00,$F0,$88,$84,$82,$82 ;8 DB $00,$82,$82,$84,$88,$F0 ;9 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$80 ;10 DB $80,$80,$80,$80,$80,$80 ;11 DB $00,$1C,$3E,$7F,$7E,$7C ;12 DB $40,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;13 DB $00,$04,$04,$06,$05,$06 ;14 SPACE 4,10 ** TCDA - Table of Cleft Display Addresses TCDA DW ST30C1 ;0 DW ST3121 ;1 DW ST3181 ;2 DW ST31F1 ;3 DW ST3002 ;4 DW ST3062 ;5 DW ST3122 ;6 DW ST3182 ;7 DW ST30C2 ;8 DW ST31C2 ;9 TCDAL = *-TCDA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** SVR - Set Value in Range * * ENTRY JSR SVR * A = value to set * X = offset to TARS range * * EXIT * A = value set * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save value ; Set address range. LDA TARS,X ;start of range STA STADR1 LDA TARS+1,X STA STADR1+1 LDA TARS+2,X ;end of range STA STADR2 LDA TARS+3,X STA STADR2+1 ; Set value in range. LDY #0 ;offset to first byte SVR1 PLA ;saved value STA (STADR1),Y ;byte of range INC STADR1 ;increment low address BNE SVR2 ;if no carry INC STADR1+1 ;adjust high address SVR2 PHA ;save value LDA STADR1 ;low current address CMP STADR2 ;low end of range BNE SVR1 ;if definitely not done LDA STADR1+1 ;high current address CMP STADR2+1 ;high end of range BNE SVR1 ;if not done ; Exit. PLA ;restore value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSM - Set Screen Memory * * ENTRY JSR SSM * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSM = * ;entry LDA TSTO,X ;offset to source TAY LDA TSTL,X ;length of source STA STADR1 ;length LDA TSTD,X ;offset to destination TAX SSM1 LDA TTXT,Y ;byte of source STA ST3000,X ;byte of destination INY INX DEC STADR1 ;decrement length BNE SSM1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUC - Set Up Colors * * ENTRY JSR SUC * X = 0, if main screen colors * = 1, if memory test colors * = 2, if keyboard test colors * = 3, if audio-visual test colors * * EXIT * COLOR0, COLOR1, COLOR2 and COLOR4 set. * * CHANGES * A * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUC = * ;entry LDA SUCA,X STA COLOR0 ;playfield 0 color LDA SUCB,X STA COLOR1 ;playfield 1 color LDA SUCC,X STA COLOR2 ;playfield 2 color LDA SUCD,X STA COLOR4 ;background color RTS ;return SUCA DB $2C ;0 - main screen playfield 0 color DB $0C ;1 - memory test playfield 0 color DB $2A ;2 - keyboard test playfield 0 color DB $18 ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 0 color SUCB DB $0F ;0 - main screen playfield 1 color DB $32 ;1 - memory test playfield 1 color DB $0C ;2 - keyboard test playfield 1 color DB $0E ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 1 color SUCC DB $D2 ;0 - main screen playfield 2 color DB $D6 ;1 - memory test playfield 2 color DB $00 ;2 - keyboard test playfield 2 color DB $B4 ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 2 color SUCD DB $D2 ;0 - main screen background color DB $A0 ;1 - memory test background color DB $30 ;2 - keyboard test background color DB $B4 ;3 - audio-visual test background color SPACE 4,10 ** TSMC - Table of Screen Memory Character Codes * * Entry n is the screen memory character code for key code n. TSMC DB $2C ;$00 - L key DB $2A ;$01 - J key DB $1B ;$02 - semicolon key DB $91 ;$03 DB $92 ;$04 DB $2B ;$05 - K key DB $0B ;$06 - plus key DB $0A ;$07 - asterisk key DB $2F ;$08 - O key DB $00 ;$09 DB $30 ;$0A - P key DB $35 ;$0B - U key DB $B2 ;$0C - RETURN key DB $29 ;$0D - I key DB $0D ;$0E - minus key DB $1D ;$0F - = key DB $36 ;$10 - V key DB $A8 ;$11 DB $23 ;$12 - C key DB $93 ;$13 DB $94 ;$14 DB $22 ;$15 - B key DB $38 ;$16 - X key DB $3A ;$17 - Z key DB $14 ;$18 - 4 key DB $00 ;$19 DB $13 ;$1A - 3 key DB $16 ;$1B - 6 key DB $5B ;$1C - ESC key DB $15 ;$1D - 5 key DB $12 ;$1E - 2 key DB $11 ;$1F - 1 key DB $0C ;$20 - comma key DB $00 ;$21 - space key DB $0E ;$22 - period key DB $2E ;$23 - N key DB $00 ;$24 DB $2D ;$25 - M key DB $0F ;$26 - / key DB $A1 ;$27 - inverse video key DB $32 ;$28 - R key DB $00 ;$29 DB $25 ;$2A - E key DB $39 ;$2B - Y key DB $FF ;$2C - TAB key DB $34 ;$2D - T key DB $37 ;$2E - W key DB $31 ;$2F - Q key DB $19 ;$30 - 9 key DB $00 ;$31 DB $10 ;$32 - 0 key DB $17 ;$33 - 7 key DB $A2 ;$34 - backspace key DB $18 ;$35 - 8 key DB $1C ;$36 - < key DB $1E ;$37 - > key DB $26 ;$38 - F key DB $28 ;$39 - H key DB $24 ;$3A - D key DB $00 ;$3B DB $A3 ;$3C - CAPS key DB $27 ;$3D - G key DB $33 ;$3E - S key DB $21 ;$3F - A key SPACE 4,10 ** TARS - Table of Address Ranges to Set TARS DW ST3000,ST3000+$0EFF ;0 - screen memory DW ST3020,ST3020+4 ;1 - memory test first 8K ROM DW ST3024,ST3024+4 ;2 - memory test second 8K ROM DW ST3000,ST3000+32 ;3 - main screen bold lines SPACE 4,10 ** TSTL - Table of Self-test Text Lengths TSTL DB TXT0L ;0 - length of "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB TXT1L ;1 - length of "RAM" text DB TXT2L ;2 - length of "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB TXT3L ;3 - length of "S P A C E B A R" text DB TXT4L ;4 - length of "SH" text DB TXT5L ;5 - length of "SH" text DB TXT6L ;6 - length of "B S" text DB TXT7L ;7 - length of keyboard text DB TXT8L ;8 - length of control key text DB TXT9L ;9 - length of "VOICE #" text SPACE 4,10 ** TSTD - Table of Self-test Text Destination Offsets TSTD DB ST3000-ST3000 ;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB ST3028-ST3000 ;1 - offset to "RAM" text DB ST3000-ST3000 ;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB ST30B7-ST3000 ;3 - offset to "S P A C E B A R" text DB ST3092-ST3000 ;4 - offset to "SH" text DB ST30AB-ST3000 ;5 - offset to "SH" text DB ST304C-ST3000 ;6 - offset to "B S" text DB ST3022-ST3000 ;7 - offset to keyboard text DB ST3072-ST3000 ;8 - offset to control key text DB ST3004-ST3000 ;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text SUBTTL 'Floating Point Package' SPACE 4,10 *** (C) Copyright 1978 Shepardson Microsystems, Inc. SPACE 4,10 FIX $D800 SPACE 4,10 *** FPP - Floating Point Package * * FPP is a collection of routines for floating point * computations. A floating point number is represented * in 6 bytes: * * Byte 0 * Bit 7 Sign of mantissa * Bits 0 - 6 BCD exponent, biased by $40 * * Bytes 1 - 5 BCD mantissa * * MODS * Shepardson Microsystems * * Produce 2K version. * M. Lorenzen 09/06/81 SPACE 4,10 FIX AFP SPACE 4,10 ** AFP - Convert ASCII to Floating Point * * ENTRY JSR AFP * INBUFF = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset to first byte of number * * EXIT * C clear, if valid number * C set, if invalid number * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by check for "-", near AFP7. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;AFP = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SLB ;skip leading blanks ; Check for number. JSR TVN ;test for valid number character BCS AFP5 ;if not number character ; Set initial values. LDX #EEXP ;exponent LDY #4 ;indicate 4 bytes to clear JSR ZXLY LDX #$FF STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 BEQ AFP2 ;get first character ; Indicate not first character. AFP1 LDA #$FF ;indicate not first character STA FCHFLG ;first character flag ; Get next character. AFP2 JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP6 ;if character not numeric ; Process numeric character. PHA ;save digit LDX FR0M ;first byte BNE AFP3 ;if not zero JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit PLA ;saved digit ORA FR0M+FMPREC-1 ;insert into last byte STA FR0M+FMPREC-1 ;update last byte ; Check for decimal point. LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BMI AFP1 ;if no decimal point, process next character ; Increment number of digits after decimal point. INX ;increment number of digits STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BNE AFP1 ;process next character ; Increment exponent, if necessary. AFP3 PLA ;clean stack LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BPL AFP4 ;if already have decimal point INC EEXP ;increment number of digits more than 9 ; Process next character. AFP4 JMP AFP1 ;process next character ; Exit. AFP5 RTS ;return ; Process non-numeric character. AFP6 CMP #'.' BEQ AFP8 ;if ".", process decimal point CMP #'E' BEQ AFP9 ;if "E", process exponent LDX FCHFLG ;first character flag BNE AFP16 ;if not first character, process end of input CMP #'+' BEQ AFP1 ;if "+", process next character CMP #'-' BEQ AFP7 ;if "-", process negative sign ; Process negative sign. AFP7 STA NSIGN ;sign of number BEQ AFP1 ;process next character ; Process decimal point. AFP8 LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BPL AFP16 ;if already have decimal point INX ;zero STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BEQ AFP1 ;process next character ; Process exponent. AFP9 LDA CIX ;offset to character STA FRX ;save offset to character JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP13 ;if not numeric ; Process numeric character in exponent. AFP10 TAX ;first character of exponent LDA EEXP ;number of digits more than 9 PHA ;save number of digits more than 9 STX EEXP ;first character of exponent ; Process second character of exponent. JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP11 ;if not numeric, no second digit PHA ;save second digit LDA EEXP ;first digit ASL A ;2 times first digit STA EEXP ;2 times first digit ASL A ;4 times first digit ASL A ;8 times first digit ADC EEXP ;add 2 times first digit STA EEXP ;save 10 times first digit PLA ;saved second digit CLC ADC EEXP ;insert in exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent ; Process third character of exponent??? LDY CIX ;offset to third character JSR ICX ;increment offset AFP11 LDA ESIGN ;sign of exponent BEQ AFP12 ;if no sign on exponent ; Process negative exponent. LDA EEXP ;exponent EOR #$FF ;complement exponent CLC ADC #1 ;add 1 for 2's complement STA EEXP ;update exponent ; Add in number of digits more than 9. AFP12 PLA ;saved number of digits more than 9 CLC ADC EEXP ;add exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent BNE AFP16 ;process end of input ; Process non-numeric in exponent. AFP13 CMP #'+' BEQ AFP14 ;if "+", process next character CMP #'-' BNE AFP15 ;if not "-", ??? STA ESIGN ;save sign of exponent ; Process next character. AFP14 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC AFP10 ;if numeric, process numeric character ; Process other non-numeric in exponent. AFP15 LDA FRX ;saved offset STA CIX ;restore offset ; Process end of input. AFP16 DEC CIX ;decrement offset LDA EEXP ;exponent LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BMI AFP17 ;if no decimal point BEQ AFP17 ;if no digits after decimal point SEC SBC DIGRT ;subtract number of digits after decimal point AFP17 PHA ;save adjusted exponent ROL A ;set C with sign of exponent PLA ;saved adjusted exponent ROR A ;shift right STA EEXP ;save power of 100 BCC AFP18 ;if no carry, process even number JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit AFP18 LDA EEXP ;exponent CLC ADC #$40+4 ;add bias plus 4 for normalization STA FR0 ;save exponent JSR NORM ;normalize number BCS AFP20 ;if error ; Check sign of number. LDX NSIGN ;sign of number BEQ AFP19 ;if sign of number not negative ; Process negative number. LDA FR0 ;first byte of mantissa ORA #$80 ;indicate negative STA FR0 ;update first byte of mantissa ; Exit. AFP19 CLC ;indicate valid number AFP20 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FASC SPACE 4,10 ** FASC - Convert Floating Point Number to ASCII * * ENTRY JSR FASC * FR0 - FR0+5 = number to convert * * EXIT * INBUFF = pointer to start of number * High order bit of last charecter set * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FASC = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR ILP ;initialize line buffer pointer LDA #'0' STA LBPR2 ;put "0" in front of line buffer ; Check for E format required. LDA FR0 ;exponent BEQ FASC2 ;if exponent zero, number zero AND #$7F ;clear sign CMP #$40-1 ;bias-1 BCC FASC3 ;if exponent < bias-1, E format required CMP #$40+5 ;bias+5 BCS FASC3 ;if >= bias+5, E format required ; Process E format not required. SEC SBC #$40-1 ;subtract bias-1, yielding decimal position JSR C0A ;convert FR0 to ASCII JSR FNZ ;find last non-zero character ORA #$80 ;set high order bit STA LBUFF,X ;update last character LDA LBUFF ;first character CMP #'.' BEQ FASC1 ;if decimal point JMP FASC10 FASC1 JSR DLP ;decrement line buffer pointer JMP FASC11 ;perform final adjustment ; Process zero. FASC2 LDA #$80+'0' ;"0" with high order bit set STA LBUFF ;put zero character in line buffer RTS ;return ; Process E format required. FASC3 LDA #1 ;GET DECIMAL POSITION??? JSR C0A ;convert FR0 to ASCII JSR FNZ ;find last non-zero character INX ;increment offset to last character STX CIX ;save offset to last character ; Adjust exponent. LDA FR0 ;exponent ASL A ;double exponent SEC SBC #$40*2 ;subtract 2 times bias ; Check first character for "0". LDX LBUFF ;first character CPX #'0' BEQ FASC5 ;if "0" ; Put decimal after first character. LDX LBUFF+1 ;second character LDY LBUFF+2 ;decimal point STX LBUFF+2 ;decimal point STY LBUFF+1 ;third character LDX CIX ;offset CPX #2 ;former offset to decimal point BNE FASC4 ;if offset pointed to second character INC CIX ;increment offset FASC4 CLC ADC #1 ;adjust exponent for movement of decimal point ; Convert exponent to ASCII. FASC5 STA EEXP ;exponent LDA #'E' LDY CIX ;offset JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer STY CIX ;save offset LDA EEXP ;exponent BPL FASC6 ;if exponent positive LDA #0 SEC SBC EEXP ;complement exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent LDA #'-' BNE FASC7 ;store "-" FASC6 LDA #'+' FASC7 JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer LDX #0 ;initial number of 10's LDA EEXP ;exponent FASC8 SEC SBC #10 ;subtract 10 BCC FASC9 ;if < 0, done INX ;increment number of 10's BNE FASC8 ;continue FASC9 CLC ADC #10 ;add back 10 PHA ;save remainder TXA ;number of 10's JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer PLA ;saved remainder ORA #$80 ;set high order bit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer ; Perform final adjustment. FASC10 LDA LBUFF ;first character CMP #'0' BNE FASC11 ;if not "0", ??? ; Increment pointer to point to non-zero character. CLC LDA INBUFF ;line buffer pointer ADC #1 ;add 1 STA INBUFF ;update line buffer pointer LDA INBUFF+1 ADC #0 STA INBUFF+1 ; Check for positive exponent. FASC11 LDA FR0 ;exponent BPL FASC12 ;if exponent positive, exit ; Process negative exponent. JSR DLP ;decrement line buffer pointer LDY #0 ;offset to first character LDA #'-' STA (INBUFF),Y ;put "-" in line buffer ; Exit. FASC12 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX IFP SPACE 4,10 ** IFP - Convert Integer to Floating Point Number * * ENTRY JSR IFP * FR0 - FR0+1 = integer to convert * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;IFP = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA FR0 ;low integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ;save low integer LDA FR0+1 ;high integer STA ZTEMP4 ;save high integer JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Convert to floating point. SED LDY #16 ;number of bits in integer IFP1 ASL ZTEMP4+1 ;shift integer ROL ZTEMP4 ;shift integer, setting C if bit present LDX #3 ;offset to last possible byte of number IFP2 LDA FR0,X ;byte of number ADC FR0,X ;double byte, adding in carry STA FR0,X ;update byte of number DEX BNE IFP2 ;if not done DEY ;decrement count of integer bits BNE IFP1 ;if not done CLD ; Set exponent. LDA #$40+2 ;indicate decimal after last digit STA FR0 ;exponent ; Exit. JMP NORM ;normalize, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FPI SPACE 4,10 ** FPI - Convert Floating Point Number to Integer * * ENTRY JSR FPI * FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+1 = integer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FPI = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA ZTEMP4 ;zero integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ; Check exponent. LDA FR0 ;exponent BMI FPI4 ;if sign of exponent is negative, error CMP #$40+3 ;bias+3 BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias BCC FPI2 ;if number less than 1, test for round ; Compute number of digits to convert. ADC #0 ;add carry ASL A ;2 times exponent-$40+1 STA ZTEMP1 ;number of digits to convert ; Convert. FPI1 JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error LDA ZTEMP4 ;2 times integer STA ZTEMP3 ;save 2 times integer LDA ZTEMP4+1 STA ZTEMP3+1 JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error CLC LDA ZTEMP4+1 ;8 times integer ADC ZTEMP3+1 ;add 2 times integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ;10 times integer LDA ZTEMP4 ADC ZTEMP3 STA ZTEMP4 BCS FPI4 ;if overflow???, error JSR GND ;get next digit CLC ADC ZTEMP4+1 ;insert digit in ??? STA ZTEMP4+1 ;update ??? LDA ZTEMP4 ;??? ADC #0 ;add carry BCS FPI4 ;if overflow, error STA ZTEMP4 ;update ??? DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement count of digits to convert BNE FPI1 ;if not done ; Check for round required. FPI2 JSR GND ;get next digit CMP #5 BCC FPI3 ;if digit less than 5, do not round ; Round. CLC LDA ZTEMP4+1 ADC #1 ;add 1 to round STA ZTEMP4+1 LDA ZTEMP4 ADC #0 STA ZTEMP4 ; Return integer. FPI3 LDA ZTEMP4+1 ;low integer STA FR0 ;low integer result LDA ZTEMP4 ;high integer STA FR0+1 ;high integer result CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Return error. FPI4 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX ZFR0 SPACE 4,10 ** ZFR0 - Zero FR0 * * ENTRY JSR ZFR0 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;ZFR0 = * ;entry LDX #FR0 ;indicate zero FR0 ; JMP ZF1 ;zero floating point number, return SPACE 4,10 FIX ZF1 SPACE 4,10 ** ZF1 - Zero Floating Point Number * * ENTRY JSR ZF1 * X = offset to register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;ZF1 = * ;entry LDY #6 ;number of bytes to zero ; JMP ZXLY ;zero bytes, return SPACE 4,10 ** ZXLY - Zero Page Zero Location X for Length Y * * ENTRY JSR ZXLY * X = offset * Y = length * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ZXLY = * ;entry LDA #0 ZXLY1 STA $0000,X ;zero byte INX DEY BNE ZXLY1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ILP - Initialize Line Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR ILP * * EXIT * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer address * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILP = * ;entry LDA #high LBUFF ;high buffer address STA INBUFF+1 ;high line buffer pointer LDA #low LBUFF ;low buffer address STA INBUFF ;low line buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SIL - Shift Integer Left * * ENTRY JSR SIL * ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 = number (high, low) to shift * * EXIT * ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 shifted left 1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIL = * ;entry CLC ROL ZTEMP4+1 ;shift low ROL ZTEMP4 ;shift high RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FSUB SPACE 4,10 ** FSUB - Perform Floating Point Subtract * * FSUB subtracts FR1 from FR0. * * ENTRY JSR FSUB * FR0 - FR0+5 = minuend * FR1 - FR1+5 = subtrahend * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = difference * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FSUB = * ;entry ; Complement sign of subtrahend and add. LDA FR1 ;subtrahend exponent EOR #$80 ;complement sign of subtrahend STA FR1 ;update subtrahend exponent ; JMP FADD ;perform add, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FADD SPACE 4,10 ** FADD - Perform Floating Point Add * * ENTRY JSR FADD * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FADD = * ;entry ; Initialize. FADD1 LDA FR1 ;exponent of addend AND #$7F ;clear sign of addend mantissa STA ZTEMP4 ;save addend exponent LDA FR0 ;exponent of augend AND #$7F ;clear sign of augend mantissa SEC SBC ZTEMP4 ;subtract addend exponent BPL FADD3 ;if augend exponent >= addend exponent ; Swap augend and addend. LDX #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FADD2 LDA FR0,X ;byte of augend LDY FR1,X ;byte of addend STA FR1,X ;move byte of augend to addend TYA STA FR0,X ;move byte of addend to augend DEX BPL FADD2 ;if not done BMI FADD1 ;re-initialize ; Check alignment. FADD3 BEQ FADD4 ;if exponent difference zero, already aligned CMP #FMPREC ;mantissa precision BCS FADD6 ;if exponent difference < mantissa precision ; Align. JSR S1R ;shift FR1 right ; Check for like signs of mantissas. FADD4 SED LDA FR0 ;augend exponent EOR FR1 ;EOR with addend exponent BMI FADD8 ;if signs differ, subtract ; Add. LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa CLC FADD5 LDA FR0M,X ;byte of augend mantissa ADC FR1M,X ;add byte of addend mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD5 ;if not done CLD BCS FADD7 ;if carry, process carry ; Exit. FADD6 JMP NORM ;normalize, return ; Process carry. FADD7 LDA #1 ;indicate shift 1 JSR S0R ;shift FR0 right LDA #1 ;carry STA FR0M ;set carry in result ; Exit. JMP NORM ;normalize, return ; Subtract. FADD8 LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa SEC FADD9 LDA FR0M,X ;byte of augend mantissa SBC FR1M,X ;subtract byte of addend mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD9 ;if not done BCC FADD10 ;if borrow, process borrow ; Exit. CLD JMP NORM ;normalize ???, return ; Process borrow. FADD10 LDA FR0 ;result exponent EOR #$80 ;complement sign of result STA FR0 ;update result exponent SEC LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa FADD11 LDA #0 SBC FR0M,X ;complement byte of result mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD11 ;if not done ; Exit. CLD JMP NORM ;normalize ???, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FMUL SPACE 4,10 ** FMUL - Perform Floating Point Multiply * * ENTRY JSR FMUL * FR0 - FR0+5 = multiplicand * FR1 - FR1+5 = multiplier * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = product * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FMUL = * ;entry ; Check for zero multiplicand. LDA FR0 ;multiplicand exponent BEQ FMUL8 ;if multiplicand exponent zero, result is zero ; Check for zero multiplier. LDA FR1 ;multiplier exponent BEQ FMUL7 ;if multiplier exponent zero, result is zero JSR SUE ;set up exponent SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias SEC ;add 1 ADC FR1 ;add multiplier exponent BMI FMUL9 ;if overflow, error ; Set up. JSR SUP ;set up ; Compute number of times to add multiplicand. FMUL1 LDA FRE+FPREC-1 ;last byte of FRE AND #$0F ;extract low order digit STA ZTEMP1+1 ; Check for completion. FMUL2 DEC ZTEMP1+1 ;decrement counter BMI FMUL3 ;if done JSR FRA10 ;add FR1 to FR0 JMP FMUL2 ;continue ; Compute number of times to add 10 times multiplicand. FMUL3 LDA FRE+FPREC-1 ;last byte of FRE LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;high order digit STA ZTEMP1+1 ; Check for completion. FMUL4 DEC ZTEMP1+1 ;decrement counter BMI FMUL5 ;if done JSR FRA20 ;add FR2 to FR0 JMP FMUL4 ;continue ; Set up for next set of adds. FMUL5 JSR S0ER ;shift FR0/FRE right ; Decrement counter and test for completion. DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement BNE FMUL1 ;if not done ; Set exponent. FMUL6 LDA EEXP ;exponent STA FR0 ;result exponent JMP N0E ;normalize, return ; Return zero result. FMUL7 JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Return no error. FMUL8 CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return ; Return error. FMUL9 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FDIV SPACE 4,10 ** FDIV - Perform Floating Point Divide * * ENTRY JSR FDIV * FR0 - FR0+5 = dividend * FR1 - FR1+5 = divisor * * EXIT * C clear, if no error * C set, if error * FR0 - FR0+5 = quotient * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FDIV = * ;entry ; Check for zero divisor. LDA FR1 ;divisor exponent BEQ FMUL9 ;if divisor exponent zero, error ; Check for zero dividend. LDA FR0 ;dividend exponent BEQ FMUL8 ;if dividend exponent zero, result is zero JSR SUE ;set up exponent SEC SBC FR1 ;subtract divisor exponent CLC ADC #$40 ;add bias BMI FMUL9 ;if overflow, error JSR SUP ;set up INC ZTEMP1 ;divide requires extra pass JMP FDIV3 ;skip shift ; Shift FR0/FRE left one byte. FDIV1 LDX #0 ;offset to first byte to shift FDIV2 LDA FR0+1,X ;byte to shift STA FR0,X ;byte of destination INX CPX #FMPREC*2+2 ;number of bytes to shift BNE FDIV2 ;if not done ; Subtract 2 times divisor from dividend. FDIV3 LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte SEC SED FDIV4 LDA FRE,Y ;byte of dividend SBC FR2,Y ;subtract byte of 2*divisor STA FRE,Y ;update byte of dividend DEY BPL FDIV4 ;if not done CLD BCC FDIV5 ;if difference < 0 INC QTEMP ;increment BNE FDIV3 ;continue ; Adjust. FDIV5 JSR FRA2E ;add FR2 to FR0 ; Shift last byte of quotient left one digit. ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ; Subtract divisor from dividend. FDIV6 LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte SEC SED FDIV7 LDA FRE,Y ;byte of dividend SBC FR1,Y ;subtract byte of divisor STA FRE,Y ;update byte of dividend DEY BPL FDIV7 ;if not done CLD BCC FDIV8 ;if difference < 0 INC QTEMP ;increment BNE FDIV6 ;continue ; Adjust. FDIV8 JSR FRA1E ;add FR1 to FR0 DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement BNE FDIV1 ;if not done ; Clear exponent. JSR S0ER ;shift FR0/FRE right ; Exit. JMP FMUL6 SPACE 4,10 ** GNC - Get Next Character * * ENTRY JSR GNC * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset to character * * EXIT * C set, if character not numeric * A = non-numeric character * C clear, if character numeric * CIX = offset to next character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNC = * ;entry JSR TNC ;test for numeric character LDY CIX ;offset BCC ICX ;if numeric, increment offset, return LDA (INBUFF),Y ;character ; JMP ICX ;increment offset, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICX - Increment Character Offset * * ENTRY JSR ICX * Y = offset * * EXIT * CIX = offset to next character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICX = * ;entry INY ;increment offset STY CIX ;offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SLB - Skip Leading Blanks * * ENTRY JSR SLB * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset * * EXIT * CIX = offset to first non-blank character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLB = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY CIX ;offset to character LDA #' ' ; Search for first non-blank character. SLB1 CMP (INBUFF),Y ;character BNE SLB2 ;if non-blank character INY BNE SLB1 ;if not done ; Exit. SLB2 STY CIX ;offset to first non-blank character RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TNC - Test for Numeric Character * * ENTRY JSR TNC * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset * * EXIT * C set, if numeric * C clear if non-numeric * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TNC = * ;entry LDY CIX ;offset LDA (INBUFF),Y ;character SEC SBC #'0' BCC TVN2 ;if < "0", return failure CMP #'9'-'0'+1 ;return success or failure RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TVN - Test for Valid Number Character * * ENTRY JSR TVN * * EXIT * C set, if not number * C clear, if number * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by BCC TVN5. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TVN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA CIX ;offset PHA ;save offset ; Check next character. JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success CMP #'.' BEQ TVN4 ;if ".", check next character CMP #'+' BEQ TVN3 ;if "+", check next character CMP #'-' BEQ TVN3 ;if "-", check next character ; Clean stack. TVN1 PLA ;clean stack ; Return failure. TVN2 SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Check character after "+" or "-". TVN3 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success CMP #'.' BNE TVN1 ;if not ".", return failure ; Check character after ".". TVN4 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success BCS TVN1 ;return failure ; Return success. TVN5 PLA ;saved offset STA CIX ;restore offset CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S2L - Shift FR2 Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR S2L * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S2L = * ;entry LDX #FR2+1 ;indicate shift of FR2 mantissa BNE SML ;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return SPACE 4,10 ** S0L - Shift FR0 Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR S0L * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0L = * ;entry LDX #FR0M ;indicate shift of FR0 mantissa ; JMP SML ;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return SPACE 4,10 ** SML - Shift Mantissa Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR SML * * EXIT * FRX = excess digit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SML = * ;entry LDY #4 ;number of bits to shift SML2 CLC ROL $0004,X ;shift 5th byte left 1 bit ROL $0003,X ;shift 4th byte left 1 bit ROL $0002,X ;shift 3rd byte left 1 bit ROL $0001,X ;shift 2nd byte left 1 bit ROL $0000,X ;shift 1st byte left 1 bit ROL FRX ;shift excess digit left 1 bit DEY BNE SML2 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NORM - Normalize FR0 * * ENTRY JSR NORM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 NORM = * ;entry LDX #0 STX FRE ;byte to shift in ; JMP N0E ;normalize FR0/FRE, return SPACE 4,10 ** N0E - Normalize FR0/FRE * * ENTRY JSR N0E * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 N0E = * ;entry LDX #FMPREC-1 ;mantissa size LDA FR0 ;exponent BEQ N0E5 ;if exponent zero, number is zero N0E1 LDA FR0M ;first byte of mantissa BNE N0E3 ;if not zero, no shift ; Shift mantissa left 1 byte. LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of mantissa N0E2 LDA FR0M+1,Y ;byte to shift STA FR0M,Y ;byte of destination INY CPY #FMPREC ;size of mantissa BCC N0E2 ;if not done ; Decrement exponent and check for completion. DEC FR0 ;decrement exponent DEX BNE N0E1 ;if not done ; Check first byte of mantissa. LDA FR0M ;first byte of mantissa BNE N0E3 ;if mantissa not zero ; Zero exponent. STA FR0 ;zero exponent CLC RTS ;return ; Check for overflow. N0E3 LDA FR0 ;exponent AND #$7F ;clear sign CMP #$40+49 ;bias+49 BCC N0E4 ;if exponent < 49, no overflow ; Return error. ; SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Check for underflow. N0E4 CMP #$40-49 BCS N0E5 ;if exponent >= -49, no underflow ; Zero result. JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Exit. N0E5 CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S0R - Shift FR0 Right * * ENTRY JSR S0R * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0R = * ;entry LDX #FR0 ;indicate shift of FR0 BNE SRR ;shift register right, return SPACE 4,10 ** S1R - Shift FR1 Right * * ENTRY JSR S1R * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S1R = * ;entry LDX #FR1 ;indicate shift of FR1 ; JMP SRR ;shift register right, return SPACE 4,10 ** SRR - Shift Register Right * * ENTRY JSR SRR * X = offset to register * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SRR = * ;entry STX ZTEMP3 ;register STA ZTEMP4 ;shift count STA ZTEMP4+1 ;save shift count SRR1 LDY #FMPREC-1 ;mantissa size-1 SRR2 LDA $0004,X ;byte to shift STA $0005,X ;byte of destination DEX DEY BNE SRR2 ;if not done LDA #0 STA $0005,X ;first byte of mantissa LDX ZTEMP3 ;register DEC ZTEMP4 ;decrement shift count BNE SRR1 ;if not done ; Adjust exponent. LDA $0000,X ;exponent CLC ADC ZTEMP4+1 ;subtract shift count STA $0000,X ;update exponent RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S0ER - Shift FR0/FRE Right * * ENTRY JSR S0ER * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0ER = * ;entry LDX #FMPREC*2 ;number of bytes to shift S0ER1 LDA FR0,X ;byte to shift STA FR0+1,X ;byte of destination DEX BPL S0ER1 ;if not done LDA #0 STA FR0 ;shift in 0 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** C0A - Convert FR0 to ASCII * * ENTRY JSR C0A * A = decimal point position * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 C0A = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA ZTEMP4 ;decimal point position counter LDX #0 ;offset to first byte of FR0M LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of LBUF ; Convert next byte. C0A1 JSR TDP ;test for decimal point SEC SBC #1 ;decrement deciaml point position STA ZTEMP4 ;update deciaml point position counter ; Convert first digit of next byte. LDA FR0M,X ;byte LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;first digit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer ; Convert second digit of next byte. LDA FR0M,X ;byte AND #$0F ;extract second digit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer INX CPX #FMPREC ;nuber of bytes BCC C0A1 ;if not done ; Exit. ; JMP TDP ;test for decimal point, return SPACE 4,10 ** TDP - Test for Decimal Point * * ENTRY JSR TDP * ZTEMP4 = decimal point position counter * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TDP = * ;entry ; Check decimal point position counter. LDA ZTEMP4 ;decimal point position counter BNE TDP1 ;if not decimal point position, exit ; Insert decimal point. LDA #'.' JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer ; Exit. TDP1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SNL - Store Number in Line Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SNL * A = digit to store * Y = offset * * EXIT * ASCII digit placed in line buffer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SNL = * ;entry ORA #$30 ;convert digit to ASCII ; JMP SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer, return SPACE 4,10 ** SAL - Store ASCII Character in Line Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SAL * Y = offset * A = character * * EXIT * Character placed in line buffer * Y = incremented offset * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SAL = * ;entry STA LBUFF,Y ;store character in line buffer INY ;increment offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FNZ - Find Last Non-zero Character in Line Buffer * * FNZ returns the last non-zero character. If the last * non-zero character is ".", FNZ returns the character * preceding the ".". If no other non-zero character is * encountered, FNZ returns the first character. * * ENTRY JSR FNZ * * EXIT * A = character * X = offset to character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FNZ = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #10 ;offset to last possible character ; Check next character. FNZ1 LDA LBUFF,X ;character CMP #'.' BEQ FNZ2 ;if ".", return preceding character CMP #'0' BNE FNZ3 ;if not "0", exit ; Decrement offset and check for completion. DEX BNE FNZ1 ;if not done ; Return character preceding "." or first character. FNZ2 DEX ;offset to character LDA LBUFF,X ;character ; Exit. FNZ3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GND - Get Next Digit * * ENTRY JSR GND * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * * EXIT * A = digit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GND = * ;entry JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit LDA FRX ;excess digit AND #$0F ;extract low order digit RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DLP - Decrement Line Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR DLP * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * * EXIT * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = incremented line buffer pointer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLP = * ;entry SEC LDA INBUFF ;line buffer pointer SBC #1 ;subtract 1 STA INBUFF ;update line buffer pointer LDA INBUFF+1 SBC #0 STA INBUFF+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUE - Set Up Exponent for Multiply or Divide * * ENTRY JSR SUE * * EXIT * A = FR0 exponent (without sign) * FR1 = FR1 exponent (without sign) * FRSIGN = sign of result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUE = * ;entry LDA FR0 ;FR0 exponent EOR FR1 ;EOR with FR1 exponent AND #$80 ;extract sign STA FRSIGN ;sign of result ASL FR1 ;shift out FR1 sign LSR FR1 ;FR1 exponent without sign LDA FR0 ;FR0 exponent AND #$7F ;FR0 exponent without sign RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUP - Set Up for Multiply or Divide * * ENTRY JSR SUP * A = exponent * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUP = * ;entry ORA FRSIGN ;place sign in exponent STA EEXP ;exponent LDA #0 STA FR0 ;clear FR0 exponent STA FR1 ;clear FR0 exponent JSR M12 ;move FR1 to FR2 JSR S2L ;shift FR2 left 1 digit LDA FRX ;excess digit AND #$0F ;extract low order digit STA FR2 ;shift in low order digit LDA #FMPREC ;mantissa size STA ZTEMP1 ;mantissa size JSR M0E ;move FR0 to FRE JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FRA10 - Add FR1 to FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FRA10 * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA10 = * ;entry LDX #FR0+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR0 BNE F1R SPACE 4,10 ** FRA20 - Add FR2 to FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FRA20 * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA20 = * ;entry LDX #FR0+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR0 BNE F2R SPACE 4,10 ** FRA1E - Add FR1 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR FRA1E * FRE - FRE+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA1E = * ;entry LDX #FRE+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FRE ; JMP F1R ;add FR1 to register, return SPACE 4,10 ** F1R - Add FR1 to Register * * ENTRY JSR F1R * X = offset to last byte of augend register * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 F1R = * ;entry LDY #FR1+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR1 BNE FARR SPACE 4,10 ** FRA2E - Add FR2 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR FRA2E * FRE - FRE+5 = augend * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA2E = * ;entry LDX #FRE+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FRE ; JMP F2R SPACE 4,10 ** F2R - Add FR2 to Register * * ENTRY JSR F2R * X = offset to last byte of augend register * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 F2R = * ;entry LDY #FR2+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR2 ; JMP FARR SPACE 4,10 ** FARR - Add Register to Register * * ENTRY JSR FARR * X = offset to last byte of augend register * Y = offset to last byte of addend register * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FARR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #FPREC-1 ;floating point number size-1 STA ZTEMP4 ;byte count CLC SED ; Add. FARR1 LDA $0000,X ;byte of augend ADC $0000,Y ;add byte of addend STA $0000,X ;update byte of augend DEX DEY DEC ZTEMP4 ;decrement byte count BPL FARR1 ;if not done ; Exit. CLD RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** M12 - Move FR1 to FR2 * * ENTRY JSR M12 * FR1 - FR1+5 = number to move * * EXIT * FR2 - FR2+5 = moved number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 M12 = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte M121 LDA FR1,Y ;byte of source STA FR2,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL M121 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** M0E - Move FR0 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR M0E * FR0 - FR0+5 = number to move * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = moved number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 M0E = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte M0E1 LDA FR0,Y ;byte of source STA FRE,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL M0E1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX PLYEVL SPACE 4,10 ** PLYEVL - Evaluate Polynomial * * Y = A(0)+A(1)*X+A(2)*X^2+...+A(N)*X^N * * ENTRY JSR PLYEVL * X = low address of coefficient table * Y = high address of coefficient table * FR0 - FR0+5 = X argument * A = N+1 * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = Y result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;PLYEVL = * ;entry STX FPTR2 ;save pointer to coefficients STY FPTR2+1 STA PLYCNT ;degree LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FST0R ;save argument JSR FMOVE ;move argument to FR1 LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD0R ;initialize sum in FR0 DEC PLYCNT ;decrement degree BEQ PLY3 ;if complete, exit PLY1 JSR FMUL ;argument times current sum BCS PLY3 ;if overflow CLC LDA FPTR2 ;current low coefficient address ADC #FPREC ;add floating point number size STA FPTR2 ;update low coefficient address BCC PLY2 ;if no carry LDA FPTR2+1 ;current high coefficceint address ADC #0 ;adjust high coefficient address STA FPTR2+1 ;update high coefficient address PLY2 LDX FPTR2 ;low coefficient address LDY FPTR2+1 ;high coefficient address JSR FLD1R ;get next coefficient JSR FADD ;add coefficient to argument times sum BCS PLY3 ;if overflow DEC PLYCNT ;decrement degree BEQ PLY3 ;if complete, exit LDX #low PLYARG ;low argument address LDY #high PLYARG ;high argument address JSR FLD1R ;get argument BMI PLY1 ;continue PLY3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD0R SPACE 4,10 ** FLD0R - ??? * * ENTRY JSR FLD0R * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR0 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD0R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FLD0P ;load FR0, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD0P SPACE 4,10 ** FLD0P - Load FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FLD0P * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR0 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD0P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FLD01 LDA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of source STA FR0,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FLD01 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD1R SPACE 4,10 ** FLD1R - Load FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FLD1R * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR1 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD1R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FLD1P ;load FR1, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD1P SPACE 4,10 ** FLD1P - Load FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FLD1P * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR1 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD1P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FLD11 LDA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of source STA FR1,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FLD11 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FST0R SPACE 4,10 ** FST0R - Store FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FST0R * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR0 stored * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FST0R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FST0P ;???, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FST0P SPACE 4,10 ** FST0P - Store FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FST0P * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR0 stored * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FST0P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FST01 LDA FR0,Y ;byte of source STA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FST01 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FMOVE SPACE 4,10 ** FMOVE - Move FR0 to FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FMOVE * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FMOVE = * ;entry LDX #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FMO1 LDA FR0,X ;byte of source STA FR1,X ;byte of destination DEX BPL FMO1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX EXP SPACE 4,10 ** EXP - Compute Power of e * * ENTRY JSR EXP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;EXP = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #low LOG10E ;base 10 logarithm of e LDY #high LOG10E JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 ; Compute X*LOG10(E). JSR FMUL ;multiply BCS EXP6 ;if overflow, error ; Compute result = 10^(X*LOG10(E)). ; JMP EXP10 ;compute power of 10, return SPACE 4,10 FIX EXP10 SPACE 4,10 ** EXP10 - Compute Power of 10 * * ENTRY JSR EXP10 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;EXP10 = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA XFMFLG ;zero integer part LDA FR0 STA SGNFLG ;save argument sign AND #$7F ;extract absolute value STA FR0 ;update argument ; Check for argument less than 1. SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias BMI EXP1 ;if argument < 1 ; Extract integer and fractional parts of exponent. CMP #FPREC-2 BPL EXP6 ;if argument too big, error LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FST0R ;save argument JSR FPI ;convert argument to integer LDA FR0 STA XFMFLG ;save interger part LDA FR0+1 ;most significant byte of integer part BNE EXP6 ;if integer part too large, error JSR IFP ;convert integer part to floating point JSR FMOVE ;??? LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FLD0R ;argument JSR FSUB ;subtract to get fractional part ; Compute 10 to fractional exponent. EXP1 LDA #NPCOEF LDX #low P10COF LDY #high P10COF JSR PLYEVL ;P(X) JSR FMOVE JSR FMUL ;P(X)*P(X) ; Check integer part. LDA XFMFLG ;integer part BEQ EXP4 ;if integer part zero ; Compute 10 to integer part. CLC ROR A ;integer part divided by 2 STA FR1 ;exponent LDA #1 ;assume mantissa 1 BCC EXP2 ;if integer part even LDA #$10 ;substitute mantissa 10 EXP2 STA FR1M ;mantissa LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa LDA #0 EXP3 STA FR1M+1,X ;zero byte of mantissa DEX BPL EXP3 ;if not done LDA FR1 ;exponent CLC ADC #$40 ;add bias BCS EXP6 ;if too big, error BMI EXP6 ;if underflow, error STA FR1 ;10 to integer part ; Compute product of 10 to integer part and 10 to fractional part. JSR FMUL ;multiply to get result ; Invert result if argument < 0. EXP4 LDA SGNFLG ;argument sign BPL EXP5 ;if argument >= 0 JSR FMOVE LDX #low FONE LDY #high FONE JSR FLD0R ;load FR0 JSR FDIV ;divide to get result ; Exit. EXP5 RTS ;return ; Return error. EXP6 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** P10COF - Power of 10 Coefficients P10COF DB $3D,$17,$94,$19,$00,$00 ;0.0000179419 DB $3D,$57,$33,$05,$00,$00 ;0.0000573305 DB $3E,$05,$54,$76,$62,$00 ;0.0005547662 DB $3E,$32,$19,$62,$27,$00 ;0.0032176227 DB $3F,$01,$68,$60,$30,$36 ;0.0168603036 DB $3F,$07,$32,$03,$27,$41 ;0.0732032741 DB $3F,$25,$43,$34,$56,$75 ;0.2543345675 DB $3F,$66,$27,$37,$30,$50 ;0.6627373050 DB $40,$01,$15,$12,$92,$55 ;1.15129255 DB $3F,$99,$99,$99,$99,$99 ;0.9999999999 NPCOEF = [*-P10COF]/FPREC SPACE 4,10 ** LOG10E - Base 10 Logarithm of e LOG10E DB $3F,$43,$42,$94,$48,$19 ;base 10 logarithm of e SPACE 4,10 ** FONE - 1.0 FONE DB $40,$01,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;1.0 SPACE 4,10 ** XFORM - Transform * * Z = (X-C)/(X+C) * * ENTRY JSR XFORM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XFORM = * ;entry STX FPTR2 STY FPTR2+1 LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FST0R ;save argument LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FADD ;X+C LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FST0R ;store FR0 LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FLD0R ;load FR0 LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FSUB ;X-C LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FDIV ;divide to get result RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX LOG SPACE 4,10 ** LOG - Compute Base e Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOG * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;LOG = * ;entry LDA #1 ;indicate base e logarithm BNE LOGS ;compute logartihm, return SPACE 4,10 FIX LOG10 SPACE 4,10 ** LOG10 - Compute Base 10 Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOG10 * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;LOG10 = * ;entry LDA #0 ;indicate base 10 logartihm ; JMP LOGS ;compute logarithm, return SPACE 4,10 ** LOGS - Compute Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOGS * A = 0, if base 10 logarithm * = 1, if base e logartihm * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LOGS = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA SGNFLG ;save logarithm base indicator ; Check argument. LDA FR0 ;argument exponent BEQ LOGS1 ;if argument zero, error BMI LOGS1 ;if argument negative, error ; X = F*(10^Y), 1 DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$1F - ? DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00 ;$20 - @ DB $00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$21 - A DB $00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$22 - B DB $00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00 ;$23 - C DB $00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00 ;$24 - D DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$25 - E DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$26 - F DB $00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$27 - G DB $00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$28 - H DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$29 - I DB $00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2A - J DB $00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$2B - K DB $00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$2C - L DB $00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00 ;$2D - M DB $00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00 ;$2E - N DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2F - O DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00 ;$30 - P DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00 ;$31 - Q DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00 ;$32 - R DB $00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00 ;$33 - S DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$34 - T DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$35 - U DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$36 - V DB $00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00 ;$37 - W DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00 ;$38 - X DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$39 - Y DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00 ;$3A - Z DB $00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00 ;$3B - [ DB $00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$3C - \ DB $00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00 ;$3D - ] DB $00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00 ;$3E - ^ DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00 ;$3F - underline DB $00,$36,$7F,$7F,$3E,$1C,$08,$00 ;$40 - heart card DB $18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18 ;$41 - mid left window DB $03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03 ;$42 - right box DB $18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$00,$00,$00 ;$43 - low right window DB $18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18 ;$44 - mid right window DB $00,$00,$00,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18 ;$45 - up right window DB $03,$07,$0E,$1C,$38,$70,$E0,$C0 ;$46 - right slant box DB $C0,$E0,$70,$38,$1C,$0E,$07,$03 ;$47 - left slant box DB $01,$03,$07,$0F,$1F,$3F,$7F,$FF ;$48 - right slant solid DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$0F,$0F,$0F,$0F ;$49 - low right solid DB $80,$C0,$E0,$F0,$F8,$FC,$FE,$FF ;$4A - left slant solid DB $0F,$0F,$0F,$0F,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4B - up right solid DB $F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4C - up left solid DB $FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4D - top box DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF ;$4E - bottom box DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0 ;$4F - low left solid DB $00,$1C,$1C,$77,$77,$08,$1C,$00 ;$50 - club card DB $00,$00,$00,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18 ;$51 - up left window DB $00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00 ;$52 - mid box DB $18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18 ;$53 - mid window DB $00,$00,$3C,$7E,$7E,$7E,$3C,$00 ;$54 - solid circle DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF ;$55 - bottom solid DB $C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0 ;$56 - left box DB $00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18 ;$57 - up mid window DB $18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00 ;$58 - low mid window DB $F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0 ;$59 - left solid DB $18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$00,$00,$00 ;$5A - low left window DB $78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00 ;$5B - display escape DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$5C - up arrow DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$5D - down arrow DB $00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00 ;$5E - left arrow DB $00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00 ;$5F - right arrow DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$60 - diamond card DB $00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$61 - a DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$62 - b DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00 ;$63 - c DB $00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$64 - d DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$65 - e DB $00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$66 - f DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C ;$67 - g DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$68 - h DB $00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$69 - i DB $00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C ;$6A - j DB $00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$6B - k DB $00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$6C - l DB $00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00 ;$6D - m DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$6E - n DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$6F - o DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60 ;$70 - p DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06 ;$71 - q DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$72 - r DB $00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00 ;$73 - s DB $00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00 ;$74 - t DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$75 - u DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$76 - v DB $00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00 ;$77 - w DB $00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00 ;$78 - x DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78 ;$79 - y DB $00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$7A - z DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$18,$3C,$00 ;$7B - spade card DB $18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18 ;$7C - | DB $00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00 ;$7D - display clear DB $08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00 ;$7E - display backspace DB $10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00 ;$7F - display tab SUBTTL 'Device Handler Vector Tables' SPACE 4,10 FIX EDITRV SPACE 4,10 ** EDITRV - Editor Handler Vector Table DW EOP-1 ;perform editor OPEN DW ECL-1 ;perform editor CLOSE DW EGB-1 ;perform editor GET-BYTE DW EPB-1 ;perform editor PUT-BYTE DW SST-1 ;perform editor STATUS (screen STAT: DW ESP-1 ;perform editor SPECIAL JMP SIN ;initialize editor (initialize scre: DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX SCRENV SPACE 4,10 ** SCRENV - Screen Handler Vector Table DW SOP-1 ;perform screen OPEN DW ECL-1 ;perform screen CLOSE (editor CLOSE: DW SGB-1 ;perform screen GET-BYTE DW SPB-1 ;perform screen PUT-BYTE DW SST-1 ;perform screen STATUS DW SSP-1 ;perform screen SPECIAL JMP SIN ;initialize screen DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX KEYBDV SPACE 4,10 ** KEYBDV - Keyboard Handler Vector Table DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard OPEN (screen STAT: DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard CLOSE (screen STA: DW KGB-1 ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE DW ESP-1 ;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S: DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard STATUS (screen ST: DW ESP-1 ;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S: JMP SIN ;initialize keyboard (initialize sc: DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX PRINTV SPACE 4,10 ** PRINTV - Printer Handler Vector Table DW POP-1 ;perform printer OPEN DW PCL-1 ;perform printer CLOSE DW PSP-1 ;perform printer SPECIAL DW PPB-1 ;perform printer PUT-BYTE DW PST-1 ;perform printer STATUS DW PSP-1 ;perform printer SPECIAL JMP PIN ;initialize printer DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX CASETV SPACE 4,10 ** CASETV - Cassette Handler Vector Table DW COP-1 ;perform cassette OPEN DW CCL-1 ;perform cassette CLOSE DW CGB-1 ;perform cassette GET-BYTE DW CPB-1 ;perform cassette PUT-BYTE DW CST-1 ;perform cassette STATUS DW CSP-1 ;perform cassette SPECIAL JMP CIN ;initialize cassette DB 0 ;reserved SUBTTL 'Jump Vectors' SPACE 4,10 ** Jump Vectors FIX DINITV JMP IDIO ;initialize DIO FIX DSKINV JMP DIO ;perform DIO FIX CIOV JMP CIO ;perform CIO FIX SIOV JMP SIO ;perform SIO FIX SETVBV JMP SVP ;set VBLANK parameters FIX SYSVBV JMP IVNM ;process immediate VBLANK NMI FIX XITVBV JMP DVNM ;process deferred VBLANK NMI FIX SIOINV JMP ISIO ;initialize SIO FIX SENDEV JMP ESS ;enable SIO SEND FIX INTINV JMP IIH ;initialize interrupt handler FIX CIOINV JMP ICIO ;initialize CIO FIX BLKBDV JMP PPD ;perform power-up display FIX WARMSV JMP PWS ;perform warmstart FIX COLDSV JMP PCS ;perform coldstart FIX RBLOKV JMP RCB ;read cassette block FIX CSOPIV JMP OCI ;open cassette for input FIX PUPDIV JMP PPD ;perform power-up display FIX SLFTSV JMP STH ;self-test hardware FIX PHENTV JMP PHE ;perform peripheral handler entry FIX PHUNLV JMP PHU ;perform peripheral handler unlinking FIX PHINIV JMP PHI ;perform peripheral handler initialization SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2' FIX $E492 SPACE 4,10 ** PHL - Load and Initialize Peripheral Handler * * Subroutine to load, relocate, initialize and open a * "provisionally" opened IOCB. This routine is called * upon first I/O attempt following provisional open. * It does the final opening by simulating the first * part of a normal CIO OPEN and then finishing with * code which is in CIO. * * Input parameters: * ICIDNO (specifies which IOCB); * various values in the provisionally-opened IOCB: * ICSPR (handler name) * ICSPR+1 (serial address for loading); * whatever the called subroutines require. * * Output parameters: * None. (Error returns are all handled by called subr: * in fact, all returns are handled by called : * * Modified: * ICHID in both calling IOCB and ZIOCB (part of compl: * ICCOMT (a CIO variable); * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * LPH (does the loading); * PHC (initializes the loaded handler); * FDH (a CIO entry--finds handler table entry of * newly loaded/initialized handler); * IIO (a CIO entry--finishes full proper opening of I: * including calling handler OPEN entry--IIO r: * to PHL's caller); * IND (a CIO entry--returns with error to PHL's calle: * * ENTRY JSR PHL * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHL = * ;entry ; Load peripheral handler. ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDA ICSPR+1,X JSR LPH ;load peripheral handler BCS PHL1 ;if error ; Initialize peripheral handler CLC ;indicate zero handler size JSR PHC ;initialize peripheral hand: BCS PHL1 ;if error ; Find device handler ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDA ICSPR,X JSR FDH ;find device handler BCS PHL1 ;if not found ; Set handler ID. ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO STA ICHID,X ;handler ID STA ICHIDZ ; Simulate initial CIO OPEN processing. LDA #OPEN ;OPEN command STA ICCOMT ;command JMP IIO ;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return ; Indicate nonexistent device error. PHL1 JMP IND ;indicate nonexistent device error,: SUBTTL '$E4C0 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E4C0 SPACE 4,10 ** E4C0 - $E4C0 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, return. RTS ;return SUBTTL 'Central Input/Output' SPACE 4,10 ** ICIO - Initialize CIO * * ENTRY JSR ICIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICIO = * ;entry ; Initialize IOCB's. LDX #0 ;index of first IOCB ICIO1 LDA #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator STA ICHID,X ;set IOCB free LDA #low [IIN-1] STA ICPTL,X ;initialize PUT-BYTE routine address LDA #high [IIN-1] STA ICPTH,X TXA ;index of current IOCB CLC ADC #IOCBSZ ;add IOCB size TAX ;index of next IOCB CMP #MAXIOC ;index of first invalid IOCB BCC ICIO1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IIN - Indicate IOCB Not Open Error * * ENTRY JSR IIN * * EXIT * Y = IOCB Not Open error code * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIN = * ;entry LDY #NOTOPN ;IOCB not open error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIO - Central Input/Output * * ENTRY JSR CIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA CIOCHR ;save possible output byte value STX ICIDNO ;save IOCB index ; Check IOCB index validity. TXA ;IOCB index AND #$0F ;index modulo 16 BNE CIO1 ;if IOCB not multiple of 16, error CPX #MAXIOC ;index of first invalid IOCB BCC CIO2 ;if index within range ; Indicate Invalid IOCB Index error. CIO1 LDY #BADIOC ;invalid IOCB index error JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Move part of IOCB to zero page IOCB. CIO2 LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page zero IOCB CIO3 LDA IOCB,X ;byte of IOCB STA IOCBAS,Y ;byte of zero page IOCB INX INY CPY #ICSPRZ-IOCBAS ;offset to first undesired byte BCC CIO3 ;if not done ; Check for provisionally open IOCB. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #$7F ;provisionally open indicator BNE PCC ;if not provisionally open, perform: ; Check for CLOSE command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #CLOSE BEQ XCL ;if CLOSE command ; Check handler load flag. LDA HNDLOD BNE LHO ;if handler load desired ; Indicate nonexistent device error. ; JMP IND ;indicate nonexistent device error,: SPACE 4,10 ** IND - Indicate Nonexistent Device Error * * ENTRY JSR IND * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IND = * ;entry LDY #NONDEV ;nonexistent device error IND1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation,: SPACE 4,10 ** LHO - Load Peripheral Handler for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR LHO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LHO = * ;entry JSR PHL ;load and initialize peripheral han: BMI IND1 ;if error ; JMP PCC ;perform CIO command, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCC - Perform CIO Command * * ENTRY JSR PCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCC = * ;entry ; Check command validity. LDY #NVALID ;assume invalid code LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #OPEN ;first valid command BCC XOP1 ;if command invalid TAY ;command CPY #SPECIL ;last valid command BCC PCC1 ;if valid LDY #SPECIL ;substitute SPECIAL command ; Obtain vector offset. PCC1 STY ICCOMT ;save command LDA TCVO-3,Y ;vector offset for command BEQ XOP ;if OPEN command, process ; Perform command. CMP #2 BEQ XCL ;if CLOSE command, process CMP #8 BCS XSS ;if STATUS or SPECIAL command, process CMP #4 BEQ XGT ;if GET command, process JMP XPT ;process PUT command, process SPACE 4,10 ** XOP - Execute OPEN Command * * ENTRY JSR XOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XOP = * ;entry ; Check IOCB free. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator BEQ XOP2 ;if IOCB free ; Process error. LDY #PRVOPN ;IOCB previously open error XOP1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Check handler load. XOP2 LDA HNDLOD BNE PPO ;if user wants unconditional poll ; Search handler table. JSR SHT ;search handler table BCS PPO ;if not found, poll ; Initialize status. LDA #0 STA DVSTAT ;clear status STA DVSTAT+1 ; Initialize IOCB. ; JMP IIO ;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return SPACE 4,10 ** IIO - Initialize IOCB for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR IIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIO = * ;entry ; Compute handler entry point. JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XOP1 ;if error ; Execute command. JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Set PUT-BYTE routine address in IOCB. LDA #PUTCHR STA ICCOMT ;command JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point LDA ICSPRZ ;PUT-BYTE routine address STA ICPTLZ ;IOCB PUT-BYTE routine address LDA ICSPRZ+1 STA ICPTHZ JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** PPO - Peripheral for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR PPO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPO = * ;entry JSR PHO ;poll JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation,: SPACE 4,10 ** XCL - Execute CLOSE Command * * ENTRY JSR XCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XCL = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY #SUCCES ;assume success STY ICSTAZ ;status JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XCL1 ;if error ; Execute command. JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Close IOCB. XCL1 LDA #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator STA ICHIDZ ;indicate IOCB free LDA #high [IIN-1] STA ICPTHZ ;reset initial PUT-BYTE routine address LDA #low [IIN-1] STA ICPTLZ JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XSS - Execute STATUS and SPECIAL Commands * * ???word about implicit OPEN and CLOSE. * * ENTRY JSR XSS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XSS = * ;entry ; Check IOCB free. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #IOCFRE BNE XSS1 ;if IOCB not free ; Open IOCB. JSR SHT ;search handler table BCS XOP1 ;if error ; Execute command. XSS1 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Restore handler ID, in case IOCB implicitly opened. LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index LDA ICHID,X ;original handler ID STA ICHIDZ ;restore zero page handler ID JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XGT - Execute GET Command * * ENTRY JSR XGT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XGT = * ;entry ; Check GET validity. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND ICAX1Z ;??? BNE XGT2 ;if GET command valid ; Process error. LDY #WRONLY ;IOCB opened for write only error XGT1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Compute and check handler entry point. XGT2 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XGT1 ;if error ; Check buffer length. LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XGT3 ;if buffer length non-zero ; Get byte. JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return ; Fill buffer. XGT3 JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data BMI XGT7 ;if error, end transfer LDY #0 STA (ICBALZ),Y ;byte of buffer JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XGT4 ;if GET RECORD command ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BNE XGT4 ;if not EOL ; Process EOL. JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length JMP XGT7 ;clean up ; Check buffer full. XGT4 JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length BNE XGT3 ;if buffer not full, continue ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XGT7 ;if GET CHARACTER command, clean up ; Process GET RECORD. XGT5 JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data BMI XGT6 ;if error ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BNE XGT5 ;if not EOL, continue ; Process end of record. LDA #TRNRCD ;truncated record error STA ICSTAZ ;status ; Process error. XGT6 JSR DBP ;decrement buffer pointer LDY #0 LDA #EOL STA (ICBALZ),Y ;set EOL in buffer JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer ; Clean up. XGT7 JSR SFL ;set final buffer length JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XPT - Execute PUT Command * * ENTRY JSR XPT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XPT = * ;entry ; Check PUT validity. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND ICAX1Z BNE XPT2 ;if PUT command valid ; Process error. LDY #RDONLY ;IOCB opened for read only error XPT1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Compute and check handler entry point. XPT2 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XPT1 ;if error ; Check buffer length. LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XPT3 ;if buffer length non-zero ; Put byte. LDA CIOCHR ;data INC ICBLLZ ;set buffer length to 1 BNE XPT4 ;transfer one byte ; Transfer data from buffer to handler. XPT3 LDY #0 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;byte from buffer STA CIOCHR ;data XPT4 JSR EHC ;execute handler command PHP ;save status JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length PLP ;status BMI XPT6 ;if error ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XPT5 ;if PUT RECORD command ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BEQ XPT6 ;if EOL, clean up ; Check for buffer empty. XPT5 LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XPT3 ;if buffer not empty, continue ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XPT6 ;if PUT CHARACTER command ; Write EOL. LDA #EOL JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Clean up. XPT6 JSR SFL ;set final buffer length JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSC - Set Status and Complete Operation * * ENTRY JSR SSC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSC = * ;entry STY ICSTAZ ;status ; JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCO - Complete CIO Operation * * ENTRY JSR CCO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY ICIDNO ;IOCB index ; Restore buffer pointer. LDA ICBAL,Y STA ICBALZ ;restore buffer pointer LDA ICBAH,Y STA ICBAHZ ; Move part of zero page IOCB to IOCB. LDX #0 ;first byte of zero page IOCB STX HNDLOD CCO1 LDA IOCBAS,X ;byte of zero page IOCB STA IOCB,Y ;byte of IOCB INX INY CPX #ICSPRZ-IOCBAS ;offset to first undesired byte BCC CCO1 ;if not done ; Restore A, X and Y. LDA CIOCHR ;data LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index LDY ICSTAZ ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CEP - Compute Handler Entry Point * * ENTRY JSR CEP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CEP = * ;entry ; Check handler ID validity. LDY ICHIDZ ;handler ID CPY #MAXDEV+1 ;first invalid ID BCC CEP1 ;if handler ID within range ; Process error. LDY #NOTOPN ;IOCB not open error BCS CEP2 ;return ; Compute entry point. CEP1 LDA HATABS+1,Y ;low address STA ICSPRZ LDA HATABS+2,Y ;high address STA ICSPRZ+1 LDY ICCOMT ;command LDA TCVO-3,Y ;vector offset for command TAY LDA (ICSPRZ),Y ;low vector address TAX ;low vector address INY LDA (ICSPRZ),Y ;high vector address STA ICSPRZ+1 ;set high address STX ICSPRZ ;set low address CLC ;indicate success ; Exit. CEP2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DBL - Decrement Buffer Length * * ENTRY JSR DBL * * EXIT * Z set if buffer length = 0 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBL = * ;entry LDA ICBLLZ ;low buffer length BNE DBL1 ;if low buffer length non-zero DEC ICBLLZ+1 ;decrement high buffer length DBL1 DEC ICBLLZ ;decrement low buffer length LDA ICBLLZ ORA ICBLLZ+1 ;indicate buffer length status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DBP - Decrement Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR DBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBP = * ;entry LDA ICBALZ ;low buffer address BNE DBP1 ;if low buffer address non-zero DEC ICBALZ+1 ;decrement high buffer address DBP1 DEC ICBALZ ;decrement low buffer address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IBP - Increment Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR IBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IBP = * ;entry INC ICBALZ ;increment low buffer address BNE IBP1 ;if low buffer address non-zero INC ICBALZ+1 ;increment high buffer address IBP1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SFL - Set Final Buffer Length * * ENTRY JSR SFL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SFL = * ;entry LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index SEC LDA ICBLL,X ;initial length SBC ICBLLZ ;subtract byte count STA ICBLLZ ;update length LDA ICBLH,X SBC ICBLLZ+1 STA ICBLHZ RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** EHC - Execute Handler Command * * ENTRY JSR EHC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EHC = * ;entry LDY #FNCNOT ;assume function not defined error JSR IDH ;invoke device handler STY ICSTAZ ;status CPY #0 ;set N accordingly RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IDH - Invoke Device Handler * * ENTRY JSR IDH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IDH = * ;entry TAX ;save A LDA ICSPRZ+1 ;high vector PHA ;put high vector on stack LDA ICSPRZ ;low vector PHA ;put low vector on stack TXA ;restore A LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index RTS ;invoke handler (address on stack) SPACE 4,10 ** SHT - Search Handler Table * * ENTRY JSR SHT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SHT = * ;entry ; Set device number. SEC LDY #1 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device number SBC #'1' BMI SHT1 ;if number less than "1" CMP #'9'-'1'+1 BCC SHT2 ;if number in range "1" to "9" SHT1 LDA #0 ;substitute device number "1" SHT2 STA ICDNOZ ;device number (0 through 8) INC ICDNOZ ;adjust number to range 1 t: ; Find device handler. LDY #0 ;offset to device code LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device code ; JMP FDH ;find device handler, return SPACE 4,10 ** FDH - Find Device Handler * * ENTRY JSR FDH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FDH = * ;entry ; Check device code. BEQ FDH2 ;if device code null ; Search handler table for device. LDY #MAXDEV ;offset to last possible entry FDH1 CMP HATABS,Y ;device code from table BEQ FDH3 ;if device found DEY DEY DEY BPL FDH1 ;if not done ; Process device not found. FDH2 LDY #NONDEV ;nonexistent device error SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Set handler ID. FDH3 TYA ;offset to device code in table STA ICHIDZ ;set handler ID CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TCVO - Table of Command Vector Offsets * * Entry n is the vector offset for command n+3. TCVO DB 0 ;3 - open DB 4 ;4 DB 4 ;5 - get record DB 4 ;6 DB 4 ;7 - get byte(s) DB 6 ;8 DB 6 ;9 - put record DB 6 ;10 DB 6 ;11 - put byte(s) DB 2 ;12 - close DB 8 ;13 - status DB 10 ;14 - special SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 ** PHR - Perform Peripheral Handler Loading Initializa: * * * Performs Power-up Polling, with Handler loading a: * and Initialization; * * Performs System Reset Re-initialization of all ha: * * Input Parameters: * WARMST (used to distinguish Cold and Warm Start). * * Output Parameters: * None. * * Modified: * Registers are not saved; * All kinds of side effects when any handler is loade: * (potentially MEMLO, DVSTAT thru DVSTAT+3, the DCB, * CHLINK, ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3. This list m: * not be complete.). * * ENTRY JSR PHR * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHR = * ;entry ; Check for coldstart. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BEQ PHR2 ;if coldstart ; Process warmstart. LDA #low [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN LDA #high [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN+1 ; Check next link. PHR1 LDY #18 ;offset to link CLC LDA (ZCHAIN),y ;low link TAX INY ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link BEQ PHR4 ;if forward link null ; Re-initialize peripheral handler. LDA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link STA ZCHAIN+1 STX ZCHAIN JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE PHR4 ;if checksum bad JSR PHW ;re-initialize peripheral h: BCS PHR4 ;if error ; Continue with next handler. BCC PHR1 ;continue with next handler ; Process coldstart. PHR2 LDA #0 STA CHLINK ;clear chain link STA CHLINK+1 LDA #$4F ;send POLL RESET poll BNE PHR7 ; Perform type 3 poll. PHR3 LDA #0 TAY JSR PHP BPL PHR5 ;if poll answered ; Exit. PHR4 RTS ;return ; Process answered poll. PHR5 CLC LDA MEMLO ADC DVSTAT STA TEMP1 LDA MEMLO+1 ADC DVSTAT+1 STA TEMP1+1 ;(TEMP2 := MEMLO + handler : SEC LDA MEMTOP SBC TEMP1 LDA MEMTOP+1 SBC TEMP1+1 ;(subtract MEMTOP) BCS PHR8 ;if room to load ; Prepare for another poll. PHR6 LDA #$4E ;following any load or init: ;prepare for another Type 3: ;sending a "special" load c: ;serial port. ; Poll. PHR7 TAY ;Send either "special" load: JSR PHP JMP PHR3 ;go poll again ; Load peripheral handler. PHR8 LDA DVSTAT+2 ;call the loader LDX MEMLO STX DVSTAT+2 ;(Parameter = load address) LDX MEMLO+1 STX DVSTAT+3 JSR LPH ;load peripheral handler BMI PHR6 ;if load error, poll again SEC ;Call for initialize new ha: JSR PHC ;(Parameter = add size to M: BCS PHR6 ;if init error, poll again BCC PHR3 ;poll again normally SPACE 4,10 ** PHP - Perform Poll * * Polling subroutine calls SIO for Type 3 or 4 Poll. * * Input Parameters: * A Value for AUX1 * Y Value for AUX2 * * Output Parameters: * Y SIO status from poll * DVSTAT: Device minimum size (low), if poll answered * DVSTAT+1: Device minimum size (high), if poll answe: * DVSTAT+2: Device address for loading, if poll answe: * DVSTAT+3: Device version number, if poll answered * * Modified: * The registers are not saved; * * Subroutines called: * SIO (performs poll and returns to PHP's caller). * * ENTRY JSR PHP * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHP = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save parameter ; Set up DCB. LDX #PHPAL-1 ;offset to last byte of DCB: PHP1 LDA PHPA,X ;byte of DCB data STA DCB,X ;byte of DCB DEX BPL PHP1 ;if not done ; Set parameters in DBC auxiliary bytes. STY DAUX2 PLA STA DAUX1 ; Perform SIO. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return ; DCB Poll Request Data PHPA DB $4F ;device bus ID DB 1 ;unit number DB '@' ;type 3 or 4 poll command DB $40 ;I/O direction DW DVSTAT ;buffer DB 30 ;timeout DB 0 DW 4 ;buffer length PHPAL = *-PHPA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** LPH - Load Peripheral Handler * * This subroutine calls the relocating loader to load * a handler from a peripheral. * * Input Parameters: * A Peripheral serial address for load; * DVSTAT+2: Load address (low) * DVSTAT+3: Load address (high) * * Output Parameters: * From the relocating loader. * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3, * DVSTAT+3, DVSTAT+3 (forced even), * Relocating loader variables and parameters, * Registers not saved; * * Subroutines called: * RLR (relocating loader). * * ENTRY JSR LPH * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LPH = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA TEMP2 ;save peripheral address LDX #0 STX TEMP1 ;set starting block number DEX STX TEMP3 ;set starting byte number ; Ensure load address even. LDA DVSTAT+2 ;low load address ROR A BCC LPH1 ;if even INC DVSTAT+2 ;increment low load address BNE LPH1 ;if no carry INC DVSTAT+3 ;increment high load address ; Set up relocating loader parameters. LPH1 LDA DVSTAT+2 ;load address STA LOADAD LDA DVSTAT+3 STA LOADAD+1 LDA #low PHG ;get-byte routine address STA GBYTEA LDA #high PHG STA GBYTEA+1 LDA #$80 ;loader page zero load addr: STA ZLOADA ; Relocate routine. JMP RLR ;relocate routine, return SPACE 4,10 ** PHG - Perform Peripheral Handler GET-BYTE * * Get a byte subroutine for relocating loader passes * bytes from peripheral to relocating loader via * cassette buffer. Calls GNL each time new * buffer is needed. * * Input Parameters: * TEMP1: Next block number; * TEMP2: Peripheral address (for GNL); * TEMP3: Next byte number (index to CASBUF). * * Output Parameters (for relocating loader): * Carry bit indicates error; * A Next byte, if no error. * * Modified: * Cassette buffer CASBUF; * TEMP3; * X, Y not saved. * * Subroutines called: * GNL, which calls SIO to get load records. * * ENTRY JSR PHG * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHG = * ;entry ; Check for another byte in buffer. LDX TEMP3 INX STX TEMP3 BEQ PHG2 ;if empty, load next block ; Retrieve next byte. PHG1 LDX TEMP3 LDA CASBUF-$80,X ;byte CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return ; Load next block and retrieve next byte. PHG2 LDA #-128 ;offset to first byte STA TEMP3 JSR GNL ;get next load block BPL PHG1 ;if no error, retrieve next byte ; Process error. SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GNL - Get Next Load Block * * Subroutine to get a load block from the peripheral. * * Input Parameters: * TEMP1: Block number. * * Output Parameters (for relocating loader): * Negative bit is set by SIO if I/O error occurs. * * Modified: * TEMP1; * the DCB (SIO); * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * SIO. * * ENTRY JSR GNL * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNL = * ;entry ; Set up DCB. LDX #GNLAL-1 ;offset to last DCB data by: GNL1 LDA GNLA,X ;byte of DCB data STA DCB,X ;byte of DCB DEX BPL GNL1 ;if not done ; Set DCB parameters LDX TEMP1 ;block number STX DAUX1 ;auxiliary 1 INX STX TEMP1 ;next block number LDA TEMP2 ;device address STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID ; Perform SIO. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return. ; DCB Data GNLA DB $00 ;dummy device bus ID DB 1 ;dummy unit number DB '&' ;load command DB $40 ;I/O direction DW CASBUF ;buffer DB 30 ;timeout DB 0 DW 128 ;buffer length DB 0 ;auxiliary 1 DB 0 ;auxiliary 2 GNLAL = *-GNLA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** SHC - Search Handler Chain * * Forward chain search searches for pointer to handle: * table whose address matches caller's parameter. If : * parameter is zero, this routine looks for the point: * the final linkage table since this table's forward : * is zero (null. * * Input Parameters: * A Linkage table address to match (High) * Y Linkage table address to match (Low) * * Output Parameters: * ZCHAIN points to linkage whose forward pointe: * contains the match (if match is found); * if the match is found just following the li: * chain base CHLINK, then ZCHAIN points to CH: * minus 18; * If match successful, A (High) and X (Low) contain * matched address (equiv. to A and Y parms.); * Carry bit is set to indicate no match or checksum v: * along the chain. [Note: the linkage table p: * to by ZCHAIN upon return is not checksum ch: * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2, ZCHAIN; * The registers are not saved. * * Subroutines called: * CLT. * * ENTRY JSR SHC * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SHC = * ;entry ; Initialize. STY TEMP1 STA TEMP1+1 LDA #low [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN ;start ZCHAIN at proper off: LDA #high [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN+1 ; Check for match. SHC1 LDY #18 LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAX ;low chain pointer INY LDA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high chain pointer CMP TEMP2 ;check for match with param: BNE SHC2 ;if no match CPX TEMP1 BNE SHC2 ;if no match ; Exit. CLC ;indicate match RTS ;return ; Check for end of chain. SHC2 CMP #0 ;end of chain indicator BNE SHC4 ;if not end of chain CPX #0 BNE SHC4 ;if not end of chain ; Process end of chain or checksum error. SHC3 SEC ;return error (checksum or end) RTS ;return ; Set link to new linkage table. SHC4 STX ZCHAIN ;link to new linkage table STA ZCHAIN+1 JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE SHC3 ;if error ; Continue searching chain. BEQ SHC1 ;continue searching chain SPACE 4,10 ** PHW - Perform Peripheral Handler Warmstart Initiali: * * PHC is the main entry. This performs full initializ: * including adding the new linkage table into: * table chain; * PHW does all initialization except adding to the li: * table chain (intended for warm start reinit: * PHI is the full initialization entry for calling * init from outside the OS. * * The code does the following: * 1) Links new handler to end of chain; * 2) Calls handler init subroutine in handler; * 3) If 2 failed, unlinks handler from chain, * and returns with carry; * 4) Else, conditionally zeroes handler size ent: * handler linkage table (per parameter); * 5) Adds handler size entry (possibly zeroed) t: * 6) If handler size entry is nonzero, MEMLO is : * forced even; * 7) Calculates and enters linkage table checksu: * 8) Returns with carry clear. * * PHC is called by PHR when loading handlers at cold * initialization;and by PHL when loading a ha: * application request under CIO; * PHW is called by PHR to reinitialize a handler duri: * warm-start; * PHI is vectored by OS vector at $E49E and is intend: * for use by system-level applications which : * handlers (ie., AUTORUN.SYS handler loader, : * * Input Parameters: * PHC: * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 contain handler size (for * handler init, not used by this routine); * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 contain handler linkage : * address. * PHW: * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 same; * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 undefined. * PHI: * A and Y contain handler linkage table addre: * they are copied into DVSTAT+3 and DVSTAT+2; * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 may or may not be signific: * any concern about these are up to the progr: * of the peripheral handler init routine and : * is making use of the non-OS-caller entry PH: * * For PHI and PHC, the Carry bit specifies whether * the handler size entry of the linkage table: * be zeroed prior to adding to MEMLO: Carry s: * do NOT zero this entry. * * Output Parameters: * Carry indicates error (initialization failed); * The registers are not saved. * * Modified: * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 are modified by PHI; * ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2; * MEMLO, MEMLO+1 conditionally incremented by handler: * * Subroutines called: * SHC (to find end of linkage table chain); * PHU (to unlink handler if init. error); * CLT (to insert linkage table checksum); * loaded handler's INIT entry. * * ENTRY JSR PHW * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHW = * ;entry SEC ;indicate not zeroing handler size PHP BCS PHQ ;initialize handler and update MEML: SPACE 4,10 ** PHI - Perform Peripheral Handler Initialization wit: * * ENTRY JSR PHI * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHI = * ;entry STA DVSTAT+3 STY DVSTAT+2 ; JMP PHC ;perform coldstart initiali: SPACE 4,10 ** PHC - Perform Peripheral Handler Coldstart Initiali: * * ENTRY JSR PHC * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHC = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHP ; Search for end of chain. LDA #0 ;indicate searching for end of chai: TAY JSR SHC ;search handler chain BCS PHQ1 ;if error, exit ; Enter at end of chain. LDY #18 ;offset LDA DVSTAT+2 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;low link TAX INY LDA DVSTAT+3 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link STX ZCHAIN ;link to new table STA ZCHAIN+1 LDA #0 ;indicate end of chain STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;low link DEY STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link ; Initialize handler. ; JMP PHQ ;initialize handler, return SPACE 4,10 ** PHQ - Initialize Handler and Update MEMLO * * ENTRY JSR PHQ * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHQ = * ;entry ; Initialize handler. JSR PHX ;initialize handler BCC PHQ2 ;if no error ; Process error. LDA DVSTAT+3 LDY DVSTAT+2 JSR PHU ;unlink handler ; Exit, indicating error. PHQ1 PLP ;fix stack SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Check for zeroing handler size. PHQ2 PLP BCS PHQ3 ;if not zero ; Zero handler size. LDA #0 LDY #16 ;offset STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;zero size INY STA (ZCHAIN),Y ; Increase MEMLO by size. PHQ3 CLC LDY #16 ;offset to size LDA MEMLO ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add low size STA MEMLO ;new low MEMLO INY LDA MEMLO+1 ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add high size STA MEMLO+1 ;new high MEMLO ; Pu checksum in linkage table. LDY #15 ;offset to checksum LDA #0 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;clear checksum JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table LDY #15 ;offset to checksum STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;checksum ; Exit. CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PHX - Initialize Handler * * ENTRY JSR PHX * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHX = * ;entry CLC LDA ZCHAIN ADC #12 STA TEMP1 ;low handler initialization: LDA ZCHAIN+1 ADC #0 STA TEMP1+1 ;high handler initializatio: JMP (TEMP1) ;initialize handler, return SUBTTL '$E912 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E912 SPACE 4,10 ** E912 - $E912 Patch * * For compatibilty with OS Revision B, set VBLANK parameters. JMP SVP ;set VBLANK parameters, return SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4' SPACE 4,10 ** PHU - Perform Peripheral Handler Unlinking * * Handler entry unlinking routine. This routine is ca: * by the OS handler initialization to unlink a handle: * initialization fails, or by the handler itself if i: * the handler unload feature. This routine is ent: * OS vector at $E49B. * * Input Parameters: * A Address of linkage table to unlink (High); * Y Address of linkage table to unlink (Low). * COLDST: Tested to see if PHU is called during cold : * if so, chain entry is unlinked even if at M: * * Output Parameters: * Carry is set to indicate error;in this case, * no unlinking has occurred. * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2; * ZCHAIN,ZCHAIN+1; * The forward chain pointer in the precedessor of the: * table being removed is modified to point to the suc: * of the removed table if the removal is successful-- * this forward chain pointer may be CHLINK, CHLINK+1. * * The registers are not saved. * * Subroutines called: * SHC, CLT. * * ENTRY JSR PHU * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHU = * ;entry ; Search handler chain. JSR SHC ;search handler chain BCS PHU3 ;if error ; Perform unlinking. TAY ;(save return parameter) LDA ZCHAIN ;save ZCHAIN (points to pre: PHA LDA ZCHAIN+1 PHA STX ZCHAIN ;make ZCHAIN point to linka: STY ZCHAIN+1 ;to be removed LDA COLDST ;coldstart flag BNE PHU1 ;if coldstart, unconditional: LDY #16 ;check if loaded at MEMLO..: CLC ;by checking if size is non: LDA (ZCHAIN),Y INY ADC (ZCHAIN),Y BNE PHU2 ;if handler size non-zero JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE PHU2 ;if checksum nonzero, bad c: PHU1 LDY #18 ;take link from table being: LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAX INY LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAY PLA ;Make ZCHAIN point to the predecess: STA ZCHAIN+1 PLA STA ZCHAIN TYA ;And put forward link from table be: LDY #19 ;removed into its predecessors link: STA (ZCHAIN),Y DEY TXA STA (ZCHAIN),Y CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Clean stack and process error. PHU2 PLA ;Error return--restore stack PLA ; Process error. PHU3 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SUBTTL '$E959 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E959 SPACE 4,10 ** E959 - $E959 Patch * * For compatibilty with OS Revision B, perform SIO. JMP SIO ;perform SIO, return SUBTTL 'Serial Input/Output' SPACE 4,10 ** ISIO - Initialize SIO * * ENTRY JSR ISIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ISIO = * ;entry LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ;raise NOT COMMAND line LDA #$03 ;POKEY out of initialize mode STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SOUNDR ;select noisy I/O STA SKCTL RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SIO - Serial Input/Output * * ENTRY JSR SIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. TSX STX STACKP ;save stack pointer LDA #1 ;critical section indicator STA CRITIC ;indicate critical section ; Check device ID. LDA DDEVIC ;device ID CMP #CASET BNE SIO1 ;if not cassette ; Process cassette. JMP PCI ;process cassette I/O, return ; Process intelligent device. SIO1 LDA #0 STA CASFLG ;indicate not cassette LDA #DRETRI STA DRETRY ;set device retry count SIO2 LDA #CRETRI STA CRETRY ;set command frame retry count ; Send command frame. SIO3 LDA #low B19200 STA AUDF3 ;set baud rate to 19200 LDA #high B19200 STA AUDF4 ; Set up command buffer. CLC LDA DDEVIC ;device ID ADC DUNIT ;add unit number ADC #$FF ;subtract 1 STA CDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA DCOMND ;command STA CCOMND LDA DAUX1 ;auxiliary information 1 STA CAUX1 LDA DAUX2 ;auxiliary information 2 STA CAUX2 ; Set buffer pointer to command frame buffer. CLC LDA #low CDEVIC ;low buffer address STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC #4 STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA #high CDEVIC ;high buffer address STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address ; Send command frame to device. LDA #NCOMLO STA PBCTL ;lower NOT COMMAND line JSR SID ;send command frame LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BNE SIO4 ;if error received TYA ;status BNE SIO5 ;if ACK received ; Process NAK or timeout. SIO4 DEC CRETRY ;decrement command frame retry count BPL SIO3 ;if retries not exhausted ; Process command frame retries exhausted. JMP SIO10 ;process error ; Process ACK. SIO5 LDA DSTATS BPL SIO6 ;if no data to send ; Send data frame to device. LDA #CRETRI STA CRETRY ;set command frame retry count JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR SID ;send data frame BEQ SIO10 ;if error ; Wait for complete. SIO6 JSR GTO ;set device timeout LDA #0 STA ERRFLG ;clear error flag JSR STW ;set timer and wait BEQ SIO8 ;if timeout ; Process no timeout. BIT DSTATS BVS SIO7 ;if more data follows LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BNE SIO10 ;if error ; Process no error. BEQ CSO ;complete SIO operation ; Receive data frame from device. SIO7 JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR REC ;receive ; Check error flag. SIO8 LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BEQ SIO9 ;if no error preceded data ; Process error. LDA TSTAT ;temporary status STA STATUS ;status ; Check status. SIO9 LDA STATUS ;status CMP #SUCCES BEQ CSO ;if successful, complete operation, return ; Process error. SIO10 DEC DRETRY ;decrement device retry count BMI CSO ;if retries exhausted, complete, return ; Retry. JMP SIO2 ;retry SPACE 4,10 ** CSO - Complete SIO Operation * * ENTRY JSR CSO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSO = * ;entry JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE LDA #0 ;not critical section indicator STA CRITIC ;critical section flag LDY STATUS ;status STY DSTATS ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WCA - Wait for Completion or ACK * * ENTRY JSR WCA * * EXIT * Y = 0, if failure * = $FF, if success * * NOTES * Problem: WCA does not handle NAK correctly;: * just before WCA3 should be removed. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WCA = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA ERRFLG ;clear error flag ; Set buffer pointer. CLC LDA #low TEMP ;low temporary address STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC #1 STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA #high TEMP ;high temporary address STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address LDA #$FF STA NOCKSM ;indicate no checksum follows JSR REC ;receive LDY #$FF ;assume success LDA STATUS ;status CMP #SUCCES BNE WCA2 ;if failure LDA TEMP ;byte received CMP #ACK BEQ WCA4 ;if ACK, exit CMP #COMPLT BEQ WCA4 ;if complete, exit CMP #ERROR BNE WCA1 ;if device did not send back ; Process unrecognized response. LDA #DERROR STA STATUS ;indicate device error BNE WCA2 ;check for timeout ; Process nothing sent back. WCA1 LDA #DNACK STA STATUS ;indicate NAK ; Check for timeout. WCA2 LDA STATUS ;status CMP #TIMOUT BEQ WCA3 ;if timeout ; Process other error. LDA #$FF ;error indicator STA ERRFLG ;indicate error BNE WCA4 ;exit ; Indicate failure. WCA3 LDY #0 ;failure indicator ; Exit. WCA4 LDA STATUS ;status STA TSTAT ;temporary status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SEN - Send * * SEN sends a buffer over the serial bus. * * ENTRY JSR SEN * * NOTES * Problem: an interrupt may occur before CHKS: * initialized, causing an incorrect checksum : * STA CHKSUM should precede STA SEROUT. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #SUCCES ;assume success STA STATUS ;status JSR ESS ;enable SIO SEND LDY #0 STY CHKSUM ;clear checksum STY CHKSNT ;clear checksum sent flag STY XMTDON ;clear transmit-frame done flag ; Initiate TRANSMIT. LDA (BUFRLO),Y ;first byte from buffer STA SEROUT ;serial output register STA CHKSUM ;checksum ; Check BREAK key. SEN1 LDA BRKKEY BNE SEN2 ;if BREAK key not pressed ; Process BREAK key. JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return ; Process BREAK key not pressed. SEN2 LDA XMTDON ;transmit-frame done flag BEQ SEN1 ;if transmit-frame not done ; Exit. JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ORIR - Process Serial Output Ready IRQ * * ENTRY JMP ORIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ORIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TYA PHA ;save Y INC BUFRLO ;increment low buffer pointer BNE ORI1 ;if low buffer pointer non-zero INC BUFRHI ;increment high buffer pointer ; Check end of buffer. ORI1 LDA BUFRLO ;buffer address CMP BFENLO ;buffer end address LDA BUFRHI SBC BFENHI BCC ORI4 ;if not past end of buffer ; Process end of buffer. LDA CHKSNT ;checksum sent flag BNE ORI2 ;if checksum already sent ; Send checksum. LDA CHKSUM ;checksum STA SEROUT ;serial output register LDA #$FF STA CHKSNT ;indicate checksum sent BNE ORI3 ; Enable TRANSMIT done interrupt. ORI2 LDA POKMSK ORA #$08 STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Exit. ORI3 PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Transmit next byte from buffer. ORI4 LDY #0 LDA (BUFRLO),Y ;byte from buffer STA SEROUT ;serial output register CLC ADC CHKSUM ;add byte to checksum ADC #0 STA CHKSUM ;update checksum JMP ORI3 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** OCIR - Process Serial Output Complete IRQ * * ENTRY JMP OCIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCIR = * ;entry ; Check checksum sent. LDA CHKSNT ;checksum sent flag BEQ OCI1 ;if checksum not yet sent ; Process checksum sent. STA XMTDON ;indicate transmit-frame done ; Disable TRANSMIT done interrupt. LDA POKMSK AND #$F7 STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Exit. OCI1 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** REC - Receive * * ENTRY JSR REC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 REC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 LDY CASFLG BNE REC1 ;if cassette STA CHKSUM ;initialize checksum REC1 STA BUFRFL ;clear buffer full flag STA RECVDN ;clear receive-frame done flag LDA #SUCCES ;assume success STA STATUS ;status JSR ESR ;enable SIO RECEIVE LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ; Check BREAK key. REC2 LDA BRKKEY BNE REC3 ;if BREAK key not pressed ; Process BREAK key. JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return ; Process BREAK key not pressed. REC3 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BEQ ITO ;if timeout, indicate timeout ; Process no timeout. LDA RECVDN ;receive-frame done flag BEQ REC2 ;if receive-frame done, continue ; Exit. RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ITO - Indicate Timeout * * ENTRY JSR ITO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ITO = * ;entry LDA #TIMOUT ;timeout indicator STA STATUS ;indicate timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IRIR - Process Serial Input Ready IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IRIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TYA PHA ;save Y LDA SKSTAT STA SKRES ;reset status register ; Check for frame error. BMI IRI1 ;if no frame error ; Process frame error. LDY #FRMERR ;frame error STY STATUS ;indicate frame error ; Check for overrun error. IRI1 AND #$20 BNE IRI2 ;if no overrun error ; Process overrun error. LDY #OVRRUN ;overrun error STY STATUS ;indicate overrun error ; Check for buffer full. IRI2 LDA BUFRFL BEQ IRI5 ;if buffer not yet full ; Process buffer full. LDA SERIN ;checksum from device CMP CHKSUM ;computed checksum BEQ IRI3 ;if checksums match ; Process checksum error. LDY #CHKERR ;checksum error STY STATUS ;indicate checksum error ; Indicate receive-frame done. IRI3 LDA #$FF ;receive-frame done indicator STA RECVDN ;indicate receive-frame done ; Exit. IRI4 PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Process buffer not full. IRI5 LDA SERIN ;serial input register LDY #0 STA (BUFRLO),Y ;byte of buffer CLC ADC CHKSUM ;add byte to checksum ADC #0 STA CHKSUM ;update checksum INC BUFRLO ;increment low buffer pointer BNE IRI6 ;if low buffer pointer non-zero INC BUFRHI ;increment high buffer pointer ; Check end of buffer. IRI6 LDA BUFRLO ;buffer address CMP BFENLO ;buffer end address LDA BUFRHI SBC BFENHI BCC IRI4 ;if not past end of buffer ; Process end of buffer. LDA NOCKSM ;no checksum follows flag BEQ IRI7 ;if checksum will follow ; Process no checksum will follow. LDA #0 STA NOCKSM ;clear no checksum follows flag BEQ IRI3 ;indicate receive-frame done ; Process checksum will follow. IRI7 LDA #$FF STA BUFRFL ;indicate buffer full BNE IRI4 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** SBP - Set Buffer Pointers * * ENTRY JSR SBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBP = * ;entry CLC LDA DBUFLO STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC DBYTLO STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA DBUFHI STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address ADC DBYTHI STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PCI - Process Cassette I/O * * ENTRY JSR PCI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCI = * ;entry ; Check command type. LDA DSTATS ;command type BPL PCI3 ;if READ ; Write a record. LDA #low B00600 STA AUDF3 ;set 600 baud LDA #high B00600 STA AUDF4 JSR ESS ;enable SIO SEND LDX PALNTS ;PAL/NTSC offset LDY WSIRGX,X ;low short WRITE IRG time LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI1 ;if short IRG is desired LDY WIRGLX,X ;low long WRITE IRG time PCI1 LDX #WIRGHI ;high IRG time JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters LDA #MOTRGO STA PACTL ;turn on motor PCI2 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE PCI2 ;if no timeout JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR SEN ;send JMP PCI6 ;exit ; Read a record. PCI3 LDA #$FF ;cassette I/O indicator STA CASFLG ;cassette I/O flag LDX PALNTS ;PAL/NTSC offset LDY RSIRGX,X ;low short READ IRG time LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI4 ;if short IRG desired LDY RIRGLX,X ;low long READ IRG time PCI4 LDX #RIRGHI ;high READ IRG time JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters LDA #MOTRGO STA PACTL ;turn on motor PCI5 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE PCI5 ;if no timeout JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR GTO ;get device timeout JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters JSR SBR ;set initial baud rate JSR REC ;receive ; Exit. PCI6 LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI7 ;if doing short IRG LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor PCI7 JMP CSO ;complete SIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** PTE - Process Timer Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTE * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTE = * ;entry LDA #0 ;timeout indicator STA TIMFLG ;timeout flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ESS - Enable SIO SEND * * ENTRY JSR ESS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESS = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #$07 ;mask off previous serail bus control bits AND SSKCTL ORA #$20 ;set SEND mode ; Check device type. LDY DDEVIC CPY #CASET BNE ESS1 ;if not cassette ; Process cassette. ORA #$08 ;set FSK output LDY #LOTONE ;set FSK tone frequencies STY AUDF2 LDY #HITONE STY AUDF1 ; Set serial bus control. ESS1 STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SKCTL LDA #$C7 ;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable ORA #$10 ;enable output data needed interrupt JMP SSR ;set for SEND, return SPACE 4,10 ** ESR - Enable SIO RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR ESR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESR = * ;entry LDA #$07 ;mask off previous serial bus control bits AND SSKCTL ORA #$10 ;set receive mode asynchronous STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SKCTL STA SKRES LDA #$C7 ;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable ORA #$20 ;enable RECEIVE interrupt ; JMP SSR ;set for RECEIVE, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSR - Set for SEND or RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR SSR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSR = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA POKMSK ;update POKEY IRQ enable STA IRQEN ;IRQ enable LDA #$28 ;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3 STA AUDCTL ;set audio control ; Set voice controls. LDX #6 ;offset to last voice control LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume LDY SOUNDR ;noisy I/O flag BNE SSR1 ;if noisy I/O desired LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume SSR1 STA AUDC1,X ;set tone and volume DEX DEX BPL SSR1 ;if not done ; Turn off certain voices. LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume STA AUDC3 ;turn off sound on voice 3 LDY DDEVIC ;device bus ID CPY #CASET ;cassette device ID BEQ SSR2 ;if cassette device STA AUDC1 ;turn off sound on voice 1 STA AUDC2 ;turn off sound on voice 2 SSR2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DSR - Disable SEND and RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR DSR * * NOTES * Problem: NOP may not be necessary. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSR = * ;entry ; Disable serial bus interrupts. NOP LDA #$C7 ;mask to clear serial bus interrupts AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable STA POKMSK ;update POKEY IRQ enable STA IRQEN ;IRQ enable ; Turn off audio volume. LDX #6 ;offset to last voice control LDA #$00 ;no volume DSR1 STA AUDC1,X ;turn off voice DEX DEX BPL DSR1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GTO - Get Device Timeout * * ENTRY JSR GTO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GTO = * ;entry LDA DTIMLO ;device timeout ROR A ROR A TAY ;rotated timeout AND #$3F ;lower 6 bits TAX ;high timeout TYA ;rotated timeout ROR A AND #$C0 ;upper 2 bits TAY ;low timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TSIH - Table of SIO Interrupt Handlers * * NOTES * Problem: not used. TSIH DW IRIR ;serial input ready IRQ DW ORIR ;serial output ready IRQ DW OCIR ;serial output complete IRQ SPACE 4,10 ** SID - Send to Intelligent Device * * ENTRY JSR SID * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by outer delay loop. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SID = * ;entry ; Delay. LDX #1 SID1 LDY #255 SID2 DEY BNE SID2 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE SID1 ;if outer loop not done ; Send data frame. JSR SEN ;send ; Set timer and wait. LDY #low CTIM ;frame acknowledge timeout LDX #high CTIM ; JMP STW ;set timer and wait, return SPACE 4,10 ** STW - Set Timer and Wait * * ENTRY JSR STW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STW = * ;entry JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters JSR WCA ;wait for completion or ACK TYA ;wait termination status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBR - Compute Baud Rate * * CBR computes value for POKEY frequency for the baud rate as * measured by an interval of the VCOUNT timer. * * ENTRY JSR CBR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBR = * ;entry STA TIMER2 ;save final timer value STY TIMER2+1 JSR AVV ;adjust VCOUNT value STA TIMER2 ;save adjusted timer 2 value LDA TIMER1 JSR AVV ;adjust VCOUNT value STA TIMER1 ;save adjusted timer 1 value LDA TIMER2 SEC SBC TIMER1 STA TEMP1 ;save difference LDA TIMER2+1 SEC SBC TIMER1+1 TAY ;difference LDX PALNTS LDA #0 SEC SBC CONS1X,X CBR1 CLC ADC CONS1X,X ;accumulate product DEY BPL CBR1 ;if not done CLC ADC TEMP1 ;add to get total VCOUNT difference TAY ;total VCOUNT difference LSR A LSR A LSR A ASL A ;interval divided by 4 SEC SBC #22 ;adjust offset TAX ;offset TYA ;total VCOUNT difference AND #7 ;extract lower 3 bits of interval TAY ;lower 3 bits of interval LDA #-11 CBR2 CLC ADC #11 ;accumulate interpolation constant DEY BPL CBR2 ;if done LDY #0 ;assume no addition correction SEC SBC #7 ;adjust interpolation constant BPL CBR3 DEY ;indicate addition correction CBR3 CLC ADC TPFV,X ;add constant to table value STA CBAUDL ;low POKEY frequency value TYA ADC TPFV+1,X STA CBAUDH ;high POKEY frequency value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AVV - Adjust VCOUNT Value * * ENTRY JSR AVV * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AVV = * ;entry CMP #$7C BMI AVV1 ;if >= $7C SEC SBC #$7C RTS ;return AVV1 CLC LDX PALNTS ADC CONS2X,X RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SBR - Set Initial Baud Rate * * INITIAL BAUD RATE MEASUREMENT -- USED TO SET THE * BAUD RATE AT THE START OF A RECORD. * * IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE FIRST TWO BYTES OF EVERY * RECORD ARE $AA. * * ENTRY JSR SBR * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by branch around branch (SBR3). * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBR = * ;entry SBR1 LDA BRKKEY BNE SBR2 ;if BREAK key not pressed JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return SBR2 SEI LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE SBR3 ;if no timeout BEQ SBR5 ;process timeout SBR3 LDA SKSTAT AND #$10 ;extract start bit BNE SBR1 ;if start bit STA SAVIO ;save serial data in LDX VCOUNT ;vertical line counter LDY RTCLOK+2 ;low byte of VBLANK clock STX TIMER1 STY TIMER1+1 ;save initial timer value LDX #1 STX TEMP3 ;set mode flag LDY #10 ;10 bits SBR4 LDA BRKKEY BEQ PBK ;if BREAK key pressed, process, return LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE SBR6 ;if no timeout SBR5 CLI JMP ITO ;indicate timeout, return SBR6 LDA SKSTAT AND #$10 ;extract CMP SAVIO ;previous serial data in BEQ SBR4 ;if data in not changed STA SAVIO ;save serial data in DEY ;decrement bit counter BNE SBR4 ;if not done DEC TEMP3 ;decrement mode BMI SBR7 ;if done with both modes LDA VCOUNT LDY RTCLOK+2 JSR CBR ;compute baud rate LDY #9 ;9 bits BNE SBR4 ;set bit counter SBR7 LDA CBAUDL STA AUDF3 LDA CBAUDH STA AUDF4 ;set POKEY baud rate LDA #0 STA SKSTAT LDA SSKCTL STA SKSTAT ;initialize POKEY serial port LDA #$55 STA (BUFRLO),Y ;first byte of buffer INY STA (BUFRLO),Y ;second byte of buffer LDA #$AA ;checksum STA CHKSUM ;checksum CLC LDA BUFRLO ADC #2 ;add 2 STA BUFRLO ;update low buffer pointer LDA BUFRHI ADC #0 STA BUFRHI ;update high buffer pointer CLI RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PBK - Process BREAK Key * * ENTRY JSR PBK * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PBK = * ;entry JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ;raise NOT COMMAND line LDA #BRKABT ;BREAK abort error STA STATUS ;status LDX STACKP ;saved stack pointer TXS ;restore stack pointer DEC BRKKEY ;indicate BREAK CLI JMP CSO ;complete SIO operation, return to caller of SIO SPACE 4,10 ** SSV - Set SIO VBLANK Parameters * * ENTRY JSR SSV * * MODS * Original Author Unknown ??/??/?? * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSV = * ;entry LDA #low PTE ;timer expiration routine address STA CDTMA1 LDA #high PTE STA CDTMA1+1 LDA #1 ;timer 1 SEI JSR SETVBV ;set VBLANK parameters LDA #1 ;no timeout indicator STA TIMFLG ;timeout flag CLI RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TPFV - Table of POKEY Frequency Values * * TPFV translates VCOUNT interval timer measurements to POKEY * frequency register values. * * Table entries are AUDF+7. * * Frequency-out is Frequency-in divided by 2*(AUDF+M), where * Frequency-in = 1.78979 Mhz and M = 7. * * AUDF+7=(11.365167)*T-out, where T-out is the number of counts * (127 used cd soulution???) of VCOUNT for one character * time (10 bit times). ; DW 636 ;baud rate 1407, VCOUNT interval 56 ; DW 727 ;baud rate 1231, VCOUNT interval 64 ; DW 818 ;baud rate 1094, VCOUNT interval 72 ; DW 909 ;baud rate 985, VCOUNT interval 80 TPFV DW 1000 ;baud rate 895, VCOUNT interval 88 DW 1091 ;baud rate 820, VCOUNT interval 96 DW 1182 ;baud rate 757, VCOUNT interval 104 DW 1273 ;baud rate 703, VCOUNT interval 112 DW 1364 ;baud rate 656, VCOUNT interval 120 DW 1455 ;baud rate 615, VCOUNT interval 128 DW 1546 ;baud rate 579, VCOUNT interval 136 DW 1637 ;baud rate 547, VCOUNT interval 144 DW 1728 ;baud rate 518, VCOUNT interval 152 DW 1818 ;baud rate 492, VCOUNT interval 160 DW 1909 ;baud rate 469, VCOUNT interval 168 DW 2000 ;baud rate 447, VCOUNT interval 176 ; DW 2091 ;baud rate 428, VCOUNT interval 184 ; DW 2182 ;baud rate 410, VCOUNT interval 192 ; DW 2273 ;baud rate 394, VCOUNT interval 200 ; DW 2364 ;baud rate 379, VCOUNT interval 208 ; DW 2455 ;baud rate 365, VCOUNT interval 216 ; DW 2546 ;baud rate 352, VCOUNT interval 224 ; DW 2637 ;baud rate 339, VCOUNT interval 232 ; DW 2728 ;baud rate 328, VCOUNT interval 240 ; DW 2819 ;baud rate 318, VCOUNT interval 248 SPACE 4,10 ** NTSC/PAL Constant Tables WIRGLX DB low WIRGLN ;NTSC low long write IRG DB low WIRGLP ;PAL low long write IRG RIRGLX DB low RIRGLN ;NTSC low long read IRG DB low RIRGLP ;PAL low long read IRG WSIRGX DB low WSIRGN ;NTSC low short write IRG DB low WSIRGP ;PAL low short write IRG RSIRGX DB low RSIRGN ;NTSC low short read IRG DB low RSIRGP ;PAL low short read IRG CONS1X DB 131 ;NTSC DB 156 ;PAL CONS2X DB 7 ;NTSC DB 32 ;PAL SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** TSMA - Table of Screen Memory Allocation * * Entry n is the number of $40-byte blocks to allocate for * graphics mode n. * * NOTES * Problem: For readability, this, and other t: * this area, could be moved closer to the oth: * the Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler (ju: * the EF6B patch). TSMA DB 24 ;0 DB 16 ;1 DB 10 ;2 DB 10 ;3 DB 16 ;4 DB 28 ;5 DB 52 ;6 DB 100 ;7 DB 196 ;8 DB 196 ;9 DB 196 ;10 DB 196 ;11 DB 28 ;12 DB 16 ;13 DB 100 ;14 DB 196 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TDLE - Table of Display List Entry Counts * * Each entry is 2 bytes. TDLE DB 23,23 ;0 DB 11,23 ;1 DB 47,47 ;2 DB 95,95 ;3 DB 97,97 ;4 DB 97,97 ;5 DB 23,11 ;6 DB 191,97 ;7 DB 19,19 ;8 DB 9,19 ;9 DB 39,39 ;10 DB 79,79 ;11 DB 65,65 ;12 DB 65,65 ;13 DB 19,9 ;14 DB 159,65 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TAGM - Table of ANTIC Graphics Modes * * Entry n is the ANTIC graphics mode corresponding to internal * graphics mode n. TAGM DB $02 ;internal 0 - 40x2x8 characters DB $06 ;internal 1 - 20x5x8 characters DB $07 ;internal 2 - 20x5x16 characters DB $08 ;internal 3 - 40x4x8 graphics DB $09 ;internal 4 - 80x2x4 graphics DB $0A ;internal 5 - 80x4x4 graphics DB $0B ;internal 6 - 160x2x2 graphics DB $0D ;internal 7 - 160x4x2 graphics DB $0F ;internal 8 - 320x2x1 graphics DB $0F ;internal 9 - 320x2x1 GTIA "lum" mode DB $0F ;internal 10 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color/lum" mode DB $0F ;internal 11 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color" mode DB $04 ;internal 12 - 40x5x8 characters DB $05 ;internal 13 - 40x5x16 characters DB $0C ;internal 14 - 160x2x1 graphics DB $0E ;internal 15 - 160x4x1 graphics SPACE 4,10 ** TDLV - Table of Display List Vulnerability * * Entry n is non-zero if the display list for mode n cannot * cross a page boundary. TDLV DB 0 ;0 DB 0 ;1 DB 0 ;2 DB 0 ;3 DB 0 ;4 DB 0 ;5 DB 0 ;6 DB 1 ;7 DB 1 ;8 DB 1 ;9 DB 1 ;10 DB 1 ;11 DB 0 ;12 DB 0 ;13 DB 1 ;14 DB 1 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TLSC - Table of Left Shift Counts * * Entry n is the NUMBER OF LEFT SHIFTS NEEDED TO MULTIPLY * COLCRS BY # BYTES/ROW ((ROWCRS*5)/(2**TLSC)) for mode n. TLSC DB 3 ;0 DB 2 ;1 DB 2 ;2 DB 1 ;3 DB 1 ;4 DB 2 ;5 DB 2 ;6 DB 3 ;7 DB 3 ;8 DB 3 ;9 DB 3 ;10 DB 3 ;11 DB 3 ;12 DB 3 ;13 DB 2 ;14 DB 3 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TMCC - Table of Mode Column Counts * * Entry n is the low column count for mode n. TMCC DB low 40 ;0 DB low 20 ;1 DB low 20 ;2 DB low 40 ;3 DB low 80 ;4 DB low 80 ;5 DB low 160 ;6 DB low 160 ;7 DB low 320 ;8 DB low 80 ;9 DB low 80 ;10 DB low 80 ;11 DB low 40 ;12 DB low 40 ;13 DB low 160 ;14 DB low 160 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TMRC - Table of Mode Row Counts * * Entry n is the row count for mode n. TMRC DB 24 ;0 DB 24 ;1 DB 12 ;2 DB 24 ;3 DB 48 ;4 DB 48 ;5 DB 96 ;6 DB 96 ;7 DB 192 ;8 DB 192 ;9 DB 192 ;10 DB 192 ;11 DB 24 ;12 DB 12 ;13 DB 192 ;14 DB 192 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TRSC - Table of Right Shift Counts * * Entry n is HOW MANY RIGHT SHIFTS FOR HCRSR FOR PARTIAL * BYTE MODES for mode n. TRSC DB 0 ;0 DB 0 ;1 DB 0 ;2 DB 2 ;3 DB 3 ;4 DB 2 ;5 DB 3 ;6 DB 2 ;7 DB 3 ;8 DB 1 ;9 DB 1 ;10 DB 1 ;11 DB 0 ;12 DB 0 ;13 DB 3 ;14 DB 2 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TDSM - Table of Display Masks * * NOTES * Includes TBTM - Table of Bit Masks. TDSM DB $FF ;1 DB $F0 ;2 DB $0F ;3 DB $C0 ;4 DB $30 ;5 DB $0C ;6 DB $03 ;7 TBTM DB $80 ;8 (0) DB $40 ;9 (1) DB $20 ;10 (2) DB $10 ;11 (3) DB $08 ;12 (4) DB $04 ;13 (5) DB $02 ;14 (6) DB $01 ;15 (7) SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5' SPACE 4,10 ** PHE - Perform Peripheral Handler Entry * * PHE attempts to enter a peripheral handler in the handler table. * * ENTRY JSR PHE * X = device code * A = high linkage table address * Y = low linkage table address * * EXIT * Success: * C clear * Handler table entry made * * Failure due to entry previously made: * C set * N clear * X = offset to second byte of duplicate entry * A, Y unchanged * * Failure due to handler table full: * C set * N set * * CHANGES * A X Y * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHE = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save high linkage table address TYA PHA ;save low linkage table address ; Search for device code in handler table. TXA ;device code LDX #0 ;offset to first entry of table PHE1 CMP HATABS,X ;device code from table BEQ PHE3 ;if device code found INX INX INX CPX #MAXDEV+1 ;offset+1 of last possible entry BMI PHE1 ;if not done ; Search for empty entry in handler table. LDX #0 ;offset to first entry of table TAY ;save device code LDA #0 PHE2 CMP HATABS,X ;device code from table BEQ PHE4 ;if empty entry found INX INX INX CPX #MAXDEV+1 ;offset+1 of last possible entry BMI PHE2 ;if not done ; Return table full condition. PLA ;clean stack PLA LDY #$FF ;indicate table full (set N) SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Return device code found condition. PHE3 PLA ;saved Y TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A INX ;indicate device code found (clear N) SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Enter handler in table. PHE4 TYA ;device code STA HATABS,X ;enter device code PLA ;saved low linkage table address STA HATABS+1,X ;low address PLA ;saved high linkage table address STA HATABS+2,X ;high address ; Return success condition. CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PHO - Perform Peripheral Handler Poll at OPEN * * Subroutine to perform Type 4 Poll at OPEN time, and * "provisionally" open IOCB if peripheral answers. * * Input parameters: * ICIDNO identifies calling IOCB; * From zero-page IOCB: * ICBALZ,ICBAHZ (buffer pointer) * ICDNOZ (device number from caller's filespe: * From caller's buffer: device name (in filespec.) * * Output parameters: * "No device" error returned if Poll not answered. * If poll is answered, the calling IOCB is "Provision: * opened (and successful status is returned)-: * ICHIDZ set to mark provisional open * ICPTLZ,ICPTHZ points to PTL (special PUT-BY: * ICSPR in calling IOCB set to device name (f: * ICSPR+1 in calling IOCB set to device seria: * * Modified: * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * PHP performs poll. * * ENTRY JSR PHO * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHO = * ;entry LDY #0 ;Call for Type 4 Poll with LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device name from user LDY ICDNOZ ;OPEN JSR PHP BPL PHO1 ;if poll answered LDY #NONDEV ;Return "no device" error RTS ;return PHO1 LDA #$7F ;"Provisionally" OPEN the I: STA ICHIDZ ;(Mark "provisional") LDA #low [PTL-1] STA ICPTLZ ;(Special put byte routine : LDA #high [PTL-1] STA ICPTHZ LDA DVSTAT+2 ;(Peripheral address for lo: ; LDX ICIDNO VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO STA ICSPR+1,X LDY #0 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;(Device name from user) STA ICSPR,X LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PTL - Perform PUT-BYTE for Provisionally Open IOCB * * Put byte entry for provisionally opened IOCB's. * This routine performs load, relocation, initializat: * and finishes OPEN, then calls handler's put byte en: * * Input parameters: * A Byte to output; * X IOCB index (IOCB number times 16); * Y "Function not supported" error code $92. * AUX1 and AUX2 in zero-page IOCB are copied from the: * IOCB prior to the call to PTL. * * Output parameters: * Various errors may be returned if loading fails (ei: * did not allow loading by setting HNDLOD fla: * was a loading error or calling error); * If no loading error, this routine returns nothing--: * returned is returned by the loaded PUT-BYTE: * is called by this routine after the handler: * initialized, and opened. * * Modified: * ICIDNO (a CIO variable); * all of the zero-page IOCB is copied fromt he callin: * normal CIO open-operation variables are affected; * after opening, the zero-page IOCB is copied to the : * Registers not saved if error return;if handler is l: * and opened properly, the caller's A and X r: * passed to the loaded handler's PUT-BYTE rou: * Y is passed to that routine as $92)--then r: * on return is up to handler PUT-BYTE since i: * directly to caller. * * Subroutines called: * PHL (does loading, initializing and opening--calls : * loaded handler's INIT, OPEN, and PUT-BYTE entries a: * The PUT-BYTE entry returns directly to the PTL call: * * ENTRY JSR PTL * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTL = * ;entry PHA ;save byte to output TXA ;IOCB index PHA ;save IOCB index AND #$0F ;IOCB index modulo 16 BNE PTL2 ;if IOCB not dividable by 16, error CPX #MAXIOC BPL PTL2 ;if IOCB index invalid LDA HNDLOD BNE PTL3 ;if user wants loading LDY #NONDEV ;indicate nonexistent device error ; Return error. PTL1 PLA ;clean stack PLA CPY #0 ;indicate failure (set N) RTS ;return PTL2 LDY #BADIOC ;indicate bad IOCB number error BMI PTL1 ;return error ; Simulate beginning of CIO, since CIO bypassed. PTL3 ; STX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$8E,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page zero : ; Copy IOCB to page zero IOCB. PTL4 LDA IOCB,X ;byte of IOCB STA ZIOCB,Y ;byte of page zero IOCB INX INY CPY #12 BMI PTL4 ;if not done JSR PHL ;load and initialize peripheral han: BMI PTL1 ;if error PLA ;Re-do the put byte call, TAX ;this time calling real handler PLA TAY LDA ICPTHZ PHA ;(Put byte entry address minus one) LDA ICPTLZ PHA TYA LDY #FNCNOT RTS ;invoke handler (address on stack) SUBTTL '$EF6B Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $EF6B SPACE 4,10 ** EF6B - $EF6B Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, initiate cass: JMP ICR ;initiate cassette READ, return SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2' SPACE 4,10 ** SIN - Initialize Screen * * ENTRY JSR SIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIN = * ;entry LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code LDA RAMSIZ ;size of RAM STA RAMTOP ;RAM size LDA #$40 ;CAPS lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags LDA #low TCKD ;table of character key def: STA KEYDEF ;key definition table addre: LDA #high TCKD STA KEYDEF+1 LDA #low TFKD ;table of function key defi: STA FKDEF ;function key definition ta: LDA #high TFKD STA FKDEF+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SOP - Perform Screen OPEN * * ENTRY JSR SOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SOP = * ;entry ; Check mode. LDA ICAX2Z AND #$0F BNE COC ;if not mode 0, complete OPEN comma: ; Process mode 0. ; JMP EOP ;perform editor OPEN, return SPACE 4,10 ** EOP - Perform Editor OPEN * * ENTRY JSR EOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EOP = * ;entry LDA ICAX1Z AND #$0F STA ICAX1Z LDA #0 ; JMP COC ;complete OPEN command, return SPACE 4,10 ** COC - Complete OPEN Command * * ENTRY JSR COC * A = mode * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 COC = * ;entry ; Check mode. STA DINDEX ;save mode CMP #16 BCC COC1 ;if mode within range ; Process invalid mode LDA #BADMOD JMP COC17 ; Initialize for OPEN. COC1 LDA #high DCSORG ;high domestic character se: STA CHBAS ;character set base LDA #high ICSORG ;high international charact: STA CHSALT ;alternate character set ba: LDA #2 STA CHACT STA SDMCTL ;turn off DMA LDA #SUCCES STA DSTAT ;clear status LDA #$C0 ;enable IRQ ORA POKMSK STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Set DLI status. LDA #$40 ;disable DLI STA NMIEN BIT FINE BPL COC2 ;if not fine scrolling (VBL: LDA #low FDL STA VDSLST ;DLI vector LDA #high FDL STA VDSLST+1 LDA #$C0 COC2 STA NMIEN ; Clear control. LDA #0 STA TINDEX ;clear text index (must alw: STA ADRESS STA SWPFLG STA CRSINH ; Set initial tab stops. LDY #14 ;offset to last byte of bit: LDA #$01 ;tab stop every 8 character: COC3 STA TABMAP,Y ;set tab stop DEY BPL COC3 ;if not done ; Load initialize color register shadows. LDX #4 ;offset to last color regis: COC4 LDA TDSC,X ;default screen color STA COLOR0,X ;set color register shadow DEX BPL COC4 ;if not done ; Set up. LDY RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEY ;decrement (high) RAM size STY TXTMSC+1 LDA #low [$0000-160] ;low RAM size = 160 STA TXTMSC LDX DINDEX ;mode LDA TAGM,X ;convert to ANTIC code STA HOLD1 ;ANTIC code LDA RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size STA ADRESS+1 ; Allocate memory. LDY TSMA,X ;number of 40-byte blocks t: COC5 LDA #40 ;40 bytes JSR DBS ;perform double byte subtra: DEY BNE COC5 ;if not done ; Clear GTIA modes. LDA GPRIOR AND #$3F ;clear GTIA modes STA OPNTMP+1 TAY ; Determine mode. CPX #8 BCC COC7 ;if mode < 8 CPX #15 BEQ COC6 ;if mode 15 CPX #12 BCS COC7 ;if mode >= 12 ; Process mode 9, 10 and 11. TXA ;mode ROR A ROR A ROR A AND #$C0 ;extract 2 low bits (in 2 h: ORA OPNTMP+1 TAY ; Establish line boundary at X000. COC6 LDA #16 ;subtract 16 for page bound: JSR DBS ;perform double byte subtra: ; Check for mode 11. CPX #11 BNE COC7 ;if mode 11 ; Set GTIA luminance. LDA #6 ;GTIA luminance value STA COLOR4 ;background color ; Set new priority. COC7 STY GPRIOR ;new priority ; Set memory scan counter. LDA ADRESS ;memory scan counter STA SAVMSC ;save memory scan counter LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVMSC+1 ; Wait for VBLANK. COC8 LDA VCOUNT CMP #$7A BNE COC8 ;if VBLANK has not occured ; Put display list under RAM. JSR DSD ;perform double byte single: LDA TDLV,X ;display list vulnerability BEQ COC9 ;if not vulnerable LDA #$FF STA ADRESS DEC ADRESS+1 ;drop down 1 page COC9 JSR DDD ;perform double byte double: LDA ADRESS ;end of display list STA SAVADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVADR+1 ; Set up. LDA #$41 ;ANTIC wait for VBLANK and : JSR SDI ;store data indirect STX OPNTMP LDA #24 STA BOTSCR ;screen bottom ; Check for modes 9 ,10 and 11. LDA DINDEX ;mode CMP #12 BCS COC10 ;if mode >= 12, mixed mode : CMP #9 BCS COC12 ;if mode >= 9, mixed mode n: ; Check for mixed mode. COC10 LDA ICAX1Z AND #MXDMOD BEQ COC12 ;if not mixed mode ; Process mixed mode. LDA #4 STA BOTSCR ;screen bottom LDX #2 LDA FINE BEQ COC11 ;if not fine scrolling JSR SSE ;set scrolling display list: COC11 LDA #$02 JSR SDF ;store data indirect for fi: DEX BPL COC11 ;if not done ; Reload MSC for text. LDY RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEY ;decrement (high) RAM size TYA JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #low [$0000-160] ;low RAM size = 160 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$42 ;fine scrolling JSR SDF ;store data indirect CLC LDA #MXDMOD ADC OPNTMP TAY LDX TDLE,Y BNE COC13 ; Check mode. COC12 LDY OPNTMP LDX TDLE,Y ;number of display list ent: LDA DINDEX ;mode BNE COC13 ;if not mode 0 ; Check for fine scrolling. LDA FINE ;fine scrolling flag BEQ COC13 ;if not fine scrolling ; Process fine scrolling. JSR SSE ;set scrolling display list: LDA #$22 STA HOLD1 ; Continue. COC13 LDA HOLD1 JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX BNE COC13 ;if not done ; Determine mode. LDA DINDEX ;mode CMP #8 BCC COC16 ;if mode < 8 CMP #15 BEQ COC14 ;if mode 15 CMP #12 BCS COC16 ;if mode >= 12 ; Process modes 8, 9, 10, 11 and 15. COC14 LDX #93 ;remaining number of DLE's LDA RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size SEC SBC #high $1000 ;subtract 4K JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #low $0000 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA HOLD1 ;ANTIC MSC code ORA #$40 JSR SDI ;store data indirect COC15 LDA HOLD1 ;remaining DLE's JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX BNE COC15 ;if DLE's remain ; Complete display list with LMS. COC16 LDA SAVMSC+1 ;high saved memory scan cou: JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA SAVMSC ;low saved memory scan coun: JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA HOLD1 ORA #$40 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA ADRESS ;display list address STA SDLSTL ;save display list address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SDLSTL+1 LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA ADRESS ;display list address STA MEMTOP ;update top of memory LDA ADRESS+1 STA MEMTOP+1 LDY #1 ;offset LDA SDLSTL ;saved display list address STA (SAVADR),Y INY LDA SDLSTL+1 STA (SAVADR),Y ; Check status. LDA DSTAT ;status BPL COC18 ;if no error ; Process error. COC17 STA DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag JSR EOP ;perform editor OPEN LDA DERRF ;restore status LDY #0 ;no screen OPEN error indic: STY DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag TAY ;status RTS ;return ; Check clear inhibit. COC18 LDA ICAX1Z AND #$20 ;extract clear inhibit bit BNE COC19 ;if clear inhibited ; Clear screen. JSR CSC ;clear screen STA TXTROW ;set cursor at top row LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA TXTCOL ;set cursor at left margin ; Exit. COC19 LDA #$22 ;turn on DMA control ORA SDMCTL STA SDMCTL JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** SGB - Perform Screen GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR SGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SGB = * ;entry JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR GDC ;get data under cursor JSR CIA ;convert internal character to ATAS: JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** GDC - Get Data Under Cursor * * ENTRY JSR GDC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GDC = * ;entry JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA (ADRESS),Y AND DMASK GDC1 LSR SHFAMT ;shift data down to low bits BCS GDC2 ;if done LSR A BPL GDC1 ;continue shifting GDC2 STA CHAR CMP #0 ;restore flags F1A3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SPB - Perform Screen PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR SPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPB = * ;entry STA ATACHR ; JSR ROD ;restore old data under cursor CMP #CLS BNE CEL ;if not clear screen JSR CSC ;clear screen JMP SEC ;set exit contitions, return ; JMP CEL ;check EOL, return SPACE 4,10 ** CEL - Check End of Line * * ENTRY JSR CEL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CEL = * ;entry JSR CCR ;check cursor range LDA ATACHR CMP #EOL BNE CEL1 ;if not EOL JSR RWS ;return with scrolling JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, return CEL1 JSR PLO ;plot point JSR SEA ;set EOL data and advance cursor JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, return SPACE 4,10 ** PLO - Plot Point * * ENTRY JSR PLO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PLO = * ;entry ; Wait for start/stop flag clear. PLO0 LDA SSFLAG ;start/stop flag BNE PLO0 ;if start/stop flag non-zer: ; Save cursor row/column. LDX #2 ;offset to last byte PLO1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column STA OLDROW,X ;save byte of cursor row/co: DEX BPL PLO1 ;if not done ; Convert ATASCII character to internal. LDA ATACHR ;character TAY ;character ROL A ROL A ROL A ROL A AND #3 TAX ;index into TAIC TYA ;character AND #$9F ;strip off column address ORA TAIC,X ;or in new column address ; JMP SPQ ;display, return SPACE 4,10 ** SPQ - Display * * ENTRY JSR SPQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPQ = * ;entry ; Set CHAR. STA CHAR ;character ; Convert cursor row/column to address. JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column : ; Shift up to proper position. LDA CHAR ;character SPQ1 LSR SHFAMT BCS SPQ2 ;if done ASL A JMP SPQ1 ;continue shifting ; Update data. SPQ2 AND DMASK STA TMPCHR ;save shifted data LDA DMASK ;display mask EOR #$FF ;complement display mask AND (ADRESS),Y ;mask off old data ORA TMPCHR ;or in new data STA (ADRESS),Y ;update data RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SEC - Set Exit Conditions * * ENTRY JSR SEC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEC = * ;entry JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA OLDCHR LDX DINDEX ;mode BNE SST ;if graphics, no cursor LDX CRSINH ;cursor inhibit flag BNE SST ;if cursor inhibited EOR #$80 ;complement most significant bit JSR SPQ ;display ; JMP SST ;perform screen status, return SPACE 4,10 ** SST - Perform Screen STATUS * * ENTRY JSR SST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SST = * ;entry LDY DSTAT ;status JMP SST1 ;continue SUBTTL '$F223 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $F223 SPACE 4,10 ** F223 - $F223 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, perform power-up display. PPD = * ;entry JMP PPD0 ;perform power-up display SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 ; Continue. SST1 LDA #SUCCES ;indicate success STA DSTAT ;status LDA ATACHR ;data ; JMP ESP ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ESP - Perform Editor SPECIAL * * ESP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR ESP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ECL - Perform Editor CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR ECL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ECL = * ;entry ; Check for fine scrolling. BIT FINE ;fine scrolling flag BPL SST ;if not fine scrolling, perform STA: ; Process fine scrolling. LDA #$40 STA NMIEN ;disable DLI LDA #0 ;clear fine scrolling flag STA FINE LDA #low RIR ;return from interrupt rout: STA VDSLST ;restore initial DLI vector: LDA #high RIR STA VDSLST+1 JMP EOP ;perform editor OPEN, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** EGB - Perform Editor GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR EGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EGB = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SWA ;swap JSR CRE ;check cursor range for editor LDA BUFCNT ;buffer count BNE EGB4 ;if something in the buffer ; Get line. LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA BUFSTR ;buffer start pointer LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column STA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start pointer EGB1 JSR KGB ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE STY DSTAT ;status LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CMP #EOL BEQ EGB3 ;if EOL JSR PCH ;process character JSR SWA ;swap LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP #113 ;column near column 120 BNE EGB2 ; if not near column 120, no beep JSR BEL ;beep EGB2 JMP EGB1 ;process new character ; Process EOL. EGB3 JSR ROD ;restore old data under cur: JSR CBC ;compute buffer count LDA BUFSTR ;buffer start pointer STA ROWCRS ;cursor row LDA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start pointer STA COLCRS ;low cursor column ; Check buffer count. EGB4 LDA BUFCNT ;buffer count BEQ EGB6 ;if buffer count zero ; Decrement and check buffer count. EGB5 DEC BUFCNT ;decrement buffer count BEQ EGB6 ;if buffer count zero ; Check status. LDA DSTAT ;status BMI EGB5 ;if error, continue decrementing. ; Perform GET-BYTE. JSR SGB ;perform screen GET-BYTE STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JMP SWA ;swap, return ; Exit. EGB6 JSR RWS ;return with scrolling LDA #EOL STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR SEC ;set exit conditions STY DSTAT ;status JMP SWA ;swap, return SPACE 4,10 ** IRA - Invoke Routine Pointed to by ADRESS * * ENTRY JSR IRA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRA = * ;entry JMP (ADRESS) ;execute, return SPACE 4,10 ** EPB - Perform Editor PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR EPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EPB = * ;entry STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR SWA ;swap JSR CRE ;check cursor range for editor LDA #0 STA SUPERF ;clear super function flag ; JMP PCH ;process character, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCH - Process Character * * PCH displays the character or processes control cha: * super functions (shifted function keys). * * ENTRY JSR PCH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCH = * ;entry JSR ROD ;restore old data under cursor JSR CCC ;check for control character BEQ PCH2 ;if control character ; Display character. PCH1 ASL ESCFLG ;escape flag JSR CEL ;check EOL JMP SWA ;swap, return ; Process control character. PCH2 LDA DSPFLG ;display flag ORA ESCFLG ;escape flag BNE PCH1 ;if display or escape, display chara: ; Continue. ASL ESCFLG INX ; Check for super function. LDA SUPERF BEQ PCH3 ;if not super function ; Adjust for super function. TXA CLC ADC #TSFR-TCCR-3 TAX ;adjusted offset ; Process control character or super function. PCH3 LDA TCCR,X ;low routine address STA ADRESS LDA TCCR+1,X ;high routine address STA ADRESS+1 JSR IRA ;invoke routine pointed to : JSR SEC ;set exit conditions JMP SWA ;swap, return SPACE 4,10 ** IGN - Ignore Character and Perform Keyboard GET-BYT: * * ENTRY JSR IGN * * EXIT * CH = $FF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IGN = * ;entry LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code ; JMP KGB ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE, return SPACE 4,10 ** KGB - Perform Keyboard GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR KGB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted by unnecessary TAX nea: * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KGB = * ;entry ; Initialize. KGB1 LDA #0 STA SUPERF ;clear super function flag ; Check for special edit read mode. LDA ICAX1Z LSR A BCS KGB11 ;if special edit read mode ; Check for BREAK abort. LDA #BRKABT ;assume BREAK abort LDX BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag BEQ KGB10 ;if BREAK abort ; Check for character. LDA CH ;key code CMP #$FF ;clear code indicator BEQ KGB1 ;if no character ; Process character. STA HOLDCH ;save character LDX #$FF ;clear code indicator STX CH ;key code ; Sound key click if desired. LDX NOCLIK ;click inhibit flag BNE KGB2 ;if click inhibited JSR SKC ;sound key click ; Set offset to key definition. KGB2 TAY ;save character ; Check for CTRL and SHIFT together. CPY #$C0 BCS IGN ;if CTRL and SHIFT together, ignore ; Convert to ATASCII character. LDA (KEYDEF),Y ;ATASCII character ; Set ATASCII character. KGB3 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character TAX BMI KGB4 ;if special key JMP KGB17 ;process shift/control lock ; Check for null character. KGB4 CMP #$80 BEQ IGN ;if null, ignore ; Check for inverse video key. CMP #$81 BNE KGB5 ;if not inverse video key ; Process inverse video key. LDA INVFLG EOR #$80 STA INVFLG BCS IGN ;ignore ; Check for CAPS key. KGB5 CMP #$82 BNE KGB6 ;if not CAPS key ; Process CAPS key. LDA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BEQ KGB7 ;if no lock, process CAPS lock LDA #$00 ;no lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shoft/control lock flags BEQ IGN ;ignore ; Check for SHIFT-CAPS key. KGB6 CMP #$83 BNE KGB8 ;if not SHIFT-CAPS ; Process SHIFT-CAPS key. KGB7 LDA #$40 ;CAPS lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BNE IGN ;ignore ; Check for CTRL-CAPS key. KGB8 CMP #$84 BNE KGB9 ;if not CTRL-CAPS ; Process CTRL-CAPS key. LDA #$80 ;control lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags JMP IGN ;ignore ; Check for CTRL-3 key. KGB9 CMP #$85 BNE KGB12 ;if not CTRL-3 key. ; Process CTRL-3 key. LDA #EOFERR ; Set status and BREAK key flag. KGB10 STA DSTAT ;status STA BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag ; Set EOL character. KGB11 LDA #EOL JMP KGB19 ;set ATASCII character ; Check for CTRL-F3 key. KGB12 CMP #$89 BNE KGB14 ;if not CTRL-F3 key ; Process CTRL-F3 key. LDA NOCLIK ;toggle keyclick status EOR #$FF STA NOCLIK BNE KGB13 ;if click inhibited JSR SKC ;sound key click KGB13 JMP IGN ;ignore ; Check for function key. KGB14 CMP #$8E BCS KGB16 ;if code >= $8E, not a function key CMP #$8A BCC KGB13 ;if code < $8A, not a function key,: ; Process function key. SBC #$8A ;convert $8A - $bD to 0 - 3 ASL HOLDCH ;saved character BPL KGB15 ;if no SHIFT ORA #$04 ;convert 0 - 3 to 4 - 7 KGB15 TAY ;offset to function key def: LDA (FKDEF),Y ;function key JMP KGB3 ;set ATASCII character ; Check for super function. KGB16 CMP #$92 BCS KGB17 ;if code >= $92, process shift/cont: CMP #$8E BCC KGB13 ;if code < $8E, not super function,: ; Process super function. SBC #$8E-$1C ;convert $8E - $91 to $1C -: INC SUPERF ;set super function flag BNE KGB19 ;set ATASCII character ; Process shift/control lock. KGB17 LDA HOLDCH ;saved character CMP #$40 BCS KGB18 ;if not lower case LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CMP #'a' BCC KGB18 ;if < "a", do not process CMP #'z'+1 BCS KGB18 ;if > "z", do not process LDA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BEQ KGB18 ;if no lock ORA HOLDCH ;modify character JMP KGB2 ;reprocess character ; Invert character, if necessary. KGB18 JSR CCC ;check for control character BEQ KGB20 ;if control character, do not inver: LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character EOR INVFLG ;invert character ; Set ATASCII character. KGB19 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character ; Exit KGB20 JMP SST ;perform screen status, return SPACE 4,10 ** ESC - Escape * * ENTRY JSR ESC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESC = * ;entry LDA #$80 ;indicate escape detected STA ESCFLG ;escape flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CUP - Move Cursor Up * * ENTRY JSR CUP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CUP = * ;entry DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row BPL CUP2 ;if row positive LDX BOTSCR ;screen bottom DEX ;screen bottom - 1 CUP1 STX ROWCRS ;update cursor row CUP2 JMP SBS ;set buffer start and logical colum: SPACE 4,10 ** CDN - Move Cursor Down * * ENTRY JSR CDN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CDN = * ;entry INC ROWCRS ;increment cursor row LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CMP BOTSCR ;screen bottom BCC CUP2 ;if at bottom, set buffer start, re: LDX #0 BEQ CUP1 ;update cursor row, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLF - Move Cursor Left * * ENTRY JSR CLF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLF = * ;entry DEC COLCRS ;decrement low cursor column LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column BMI CRM ;if negative, move cursor to margin: CMP LMARGN ;left margin BCS SCC1 ;if at left margin, set logical col: ; JMP CRM ;move cursor to right margin, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** CRM - Move Cursor to Right Margin * * ENTRY JSR CRM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRM = * ;entry LDA RMARGN ;right margin ; JMP SCC ;set cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SCC - Set Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCC = * ;entry STA COLCRS ;set low cursor column SCC1 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** CRT - Move Cursor Right * * ENTRY JSR CRT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRT = * ;entry INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor column LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BCC SCC1 ;if before right margin, process, r: BEQ SCC1 ;if at right margin ; JMP CLM ;move cursor to left margin, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLM - Move Cursor to Left Margin * * ENTRY JSR CLM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLM = * ;entry LDA LMARGN ;left margin JMP SCC ;set cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** CSC - Clear Screen * * ENTRY JSR CSC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSC = * ;entry ; Set memory scan counter address. JSR SMS ;set memory scan counter ad: ; Clear address. LDY ADRESS LDA #0 STA ADRESS CSC1 STA (ADRESS),Y INY BNE CSC1 ;if not done with page INC ADRESS+1 LDX ADRESS+1 CPX RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size BCC CSC1 ;if not done ; Clean up logical line bit map ; LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of bi: LDA #$FF CSC2 STA LOGMAP,Y ;byte of logical line bit m: INY CPY #4 ;4 bytes BCC CSC2 ;if not done ; Exit. ; JMP CHM ;move cursor home, return SPACE 4,10 ** CHM - Move Cursor Home * * ENTRY JSR CHM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CHM = * ;entry JSR SCL ;set cursor at left edge STA LOGCOL ;logical column STA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start LDA #0 STA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column STA BUFSTR ;low buffer start pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BSP - Backspace * * ENTRY JSR BSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BSP = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ BSP3 ;if at left margin LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE BSP1 ;if not atleft margin JSR DWQ ;see if line should be deleted BSP1 JSR CLF ;move cursor left LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE BSP2 ;if not at right margin LDA ROWCRS ;cursor low BEQ BSP2 ;if row zero JSR CUP ;move cursor up BSP2 LDA #' ' STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR PLO ;plot point BSP3 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** TAB - Tab * * ENTRY JSR TAB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TAB = * ;entry TAB1 JSR CRT ;move cursor right LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE TAB2 ;if not at left margin JSR RET ;return JSR BLG ;get bit from logical line bit map BCS TAB3 ;if end of logical line ; Check for tab stop. TAB2 LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JSR BMG ;set bit from bit map BCC TAB1 ;if not tab stop, keep looking ; Set logical lolumn TAB3 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** STB - Set Tab * * ENTRY JSR STB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STB = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JMP BMS ;set bit in bit map, retrun SPACE 4,10 ** CTB - Clear Tab * * ENTRY JSR CTB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CTB = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JMP BMC ;clear bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICH - Insert Character * * ENTRY JSR ICH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICH = * ;entry JSR SRC ;save row and column JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA INSDAT LDA #0 STA SCRFLG ICH1 JSR SPQ ;store data LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save logical column JSR ACC ;advance cursor column PLA ;saved logical column CMP LOGCOL ;logical column BCS ICH2 ;if saved logical column >= logical: LDA INSDAT PHA JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA INSDAT PLA JMP ICH1 ;continue ; Exit. ICH2 JSR RRC ;restore row and column ICH3 DEC SCRFLG BMI ICH4 ;if scroll occured DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row BNE ICH3 ;continue ICH4 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** DCH - Delete Character * * ENTRY JSR DCH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DCH = * ;entry ; Save row and column. JSR SRC ;save row and column ; Get data to the right of cursor. DCH1 JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA ADRESS STA SAVADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVADR+1 LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save lgical column JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor PLA ;saved logical column CMP LOGCOL ;logical column BCS DCH2 ;if saved logical column >= logical LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CMP BOTSCR ;screen bottom BCS DCH2 ;if row off screem, exit JSR GDC ;get data under cursor LDY #0 STA (SAVADR),Y ;put data in previous posit: BEQ DCH1 ;continue DCH2 LDY #0 TYA STA (SAVADR),Y ;clear last position JSR DQQ ;try to delete a line JSR RRC ;restore row and column JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** ILN - Insert Line * * ENTRY JSR ILN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILN = * ;entry SEC ; JMP ILN1 SPACE 4,10 ** ILN1 - Insert Line * * ENTRY JSR ILN1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILN1 = * ;entry JSR ELL ;extend logical line LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: JSR MLN ;move line JSR CLN ;clear current line JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** DLN - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLN = * ;entry JSR SLC ;set logical column LDY HOLD1 STY ROWCRS ;cursor row ; JMP DLN1 SPACE 4,10 ** DLN1 - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DLN1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLN1 = * ;entry DLN0 LDY ROWCRS ;cursor row DLN2 TYA SEC JSR BLG2 ;get next bit PHP TYA CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: PLP JSR BMP ;put bit in bit map INY CPY #24 BNE DLN2 ;if not done LDA LOGMAP+2 ORA #1 ;set least significant bit STA LOGMAP+2 ;update logical line bit ma: LDA #0 ;delete line of data STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column : JSR SSD ;scroll screen for delete ; Check for new logical line. JSR BLG ;get bit from logical line : BCC DLN0 ;if not new logical line ; Move cursor to left margin. JMP CLM ;move cursor to left margin: SPACE 4,10 ** BEL - Sound Bell * * ENTRY JSR BEL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BEL = * ;entry LDY #$20 BEL1 JSR SKC ;sound key click DEY BPL BEL1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBT - Move Cursor to Bottom * * ENTRY JSR CBT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBT = * ;entry JSR CHM ;move cursor home JMP CUP ;move cursor up, return SPACE 4,10 ** DDD - Perform Double Byte Double Decrement * * ENTRY JSR DDD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DDD = * ;entry LDA #2 ;indicate subtracting 2 BNE DBS ;perform double byte subtract, retu: SPACE 4,10 ** SDF - Store Data Indirect for Fine Scrolling * * ENTRY JSR SDF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDF = * ;entry LDY FINE BEQ SDI ;if not fine scrolling ORA #$20 ;enable vertical scroll ; JMP SDI ;store data indirect, return SPACE 4,10 ** SDI - Store Data Indirect * * ENTRY JSR SDI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDI = * ;entry ; Check current status. LDY DSTAT ;status BMI DBS3 ;if error, return ; Store data. LDY #0 STA (ADRESS),Y ; Decrement. ; JMP DSD ;perform double byte single decreme: SPACE 4,10 ** DSD - Perform Double Byte Single Decrement * * ENTRY JSR DSD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSD = * ;entry LDA #1 ;indicate subtracting 1 ; JMP DBS ;perform double byte subtract, retu: SPACE 4,10 ** DBS - Perform Double Byte Subtract * * ENTRY JSR DBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBS = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA SUBTMP ; Check current status. LDA DSTAT ;status BMI DBS3 ;if error ; Subtract. LDA ADRESS SEC SBC SUBTMP STA ADRESS BCS DBS1 ;if no borrow DEC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high byte ; Check for overwriting APPMHI. DBS1 LDA APPMHI+1 CMP ADRESS+1 BCC DBS3 ;if not overwriting APPMHI BNE DBS2 ;if overwriting APPMHI, err: LDA APPMHI CMP ADRESS BCC DBS3 ;if not overwriting APPMHI ; Process error. DBS2 LDA #SCRMEM ;indicate insufficient memo: STA DSTAT ;status ; Exit. DBS3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSE - Set Scrolling Display List Entry * * Store extra line in display list for fine scrolling: * * ENTRY JSR SSE * * MODS * H. Stewart 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSE = * ;entry LDA #$02 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$A2 ;DLI on last visible line JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CCA - Convert Cursor Row/Column to Address * * ENTRY JSR CCA * * MODS * L. Winner 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCA = * ;entry LDX #1 STX MLTTMP ;initialize DEX STX ADRESS+1 ;clear high address LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row position ASL A ;2 times row position ROL ADRESS+1 ASL A ;4 time row position ROL ADRESS+1 ADC ROWCRS ;add to get 5 times row pos: STA ADRESS BCC CCA1 INC ADRESS+1 CCA1 LDY DINDEX ;mode LDX TLSC,Y ;left shift count CCA2 ASL ADRESS ;ADRESS = ADRESS*X ROL ADRESS+1 ;divide DEX BNE CCA2 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column LSR A ;save least significant bit LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDX TRSC,Y ;right shift count BEQ CCA4 ;if no shift CCA3 ROR A ;roll in carry ASL MLTTMP ;shift index DEX BNE CCA3 CCA4 ADC ADRESS ;add address BCC CCA5 ;if no carry INC ADRESS+1 ;adjuct high address CCA5 CLC ADC SAVMSC ;add saved memory scan coun: STA ADRESS ;update address STA OLDADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 ADC SAVMSC+1 STA ADRESS+1 STA OLDADR+1 LDX TRSC,Y LDA TMSK,X AND COLCRS ;and in low cursor column ADC OPNTMP TAY LDA TDSM-1,Y ;display mask STA DMASK ;display mask STA SHFAMT LDY #0 CCA6 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SZA - Set Zero Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SZA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SZA = * ;entry LDA #0 BEQ SDA ;set data and advance cursor SPACE 4,10 ** SEA - Set EOL Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SEA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEA = * ;entry LDA #EOL ;special case eliminator ; JMP SDA ;set data and advance cursor, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** SDA - Set Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SDA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDA = * ;entry STA INSDAT ;set data ; JMP ACC ;advance cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** ACC - Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR ACC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACC = * ;entry INC LOGCOL ;increment logical column INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor colum: BNE ACC1 ;if no carry INC COLCRS+1 ;adjust high cursor column ACC1 LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDX DINDEX ;mode CMP TMCC,X BEQ ACC2 ;if equal, process EOL CPX #0 BNE CCA6 ;if not mode 0, exit CMP RMARGN ;right margin BEQ CCA6 ;if at right margin, exit BCC CCA6 ;if before right margin, ex: ACC2 CPX #8 BNE ACC3 ;if not mode 8 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ CCA6 ;if only at 64 ACC3 LDA DINDEX ;mode BNE RET ;if mode 0, exit LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP #81 BCC ACC4 ;if < 81, definitely not li: LDA INSDAT BEQ RET ;if non-zero, do not do log: JSR RWS ;return with scrolling JMP RET5 ;return ACC4 JSR RET ;return LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: JSR BMG ;ger bit from bit map BCC ACC5 LDA INSDAT BEQ ACC5 ;if zero, do not extend CLC JSR ILN1 ;insert line ACC5 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** RWS - Return with Scrolling * * ENTRY JSR RWS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RWS = * ;entry LDA #EOL ;select scrolling STA INSDAT ; JMP RET ;return, return . SPACE 4,10 ** RET - Return * * ENTRY JSR RET * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RET = * ;entry JSR SCL ;set cursor at left edge LDA #0 STA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column INC ROWCRS ;increment cursor row LDX DINDEX LDY #24 ;assume 24 lines BIT SWPFLG BPL RET1 ;if normal LDY #4 ;substitute 4 lines TYA BNE RET2 RET1 LDA TMRC,X ;mode row count RET2 CMP ROWCRS ;cursor row BNE RET5 STY HOLD3 TXA ;mode BNE RET5 ;if mode not 0, do not scroll LDA INSDAT BEQ RET5 ;if zero, do not scroll ; If EOL, roll in a 0. CMP #EOL ;to extend bottom logical line BEQ RET3 ;if EOL CLC RET3 JSR SCR INC SCRFLG DEC BUFSTR BPL RET4 INC BUFSTR RET4 DEC HOLD3 LDA LOGMAP SEC ;indicate for partial line BPL RET3 ;if partial logical line LDA HOLD3 STA ROWCRS ;cursor row RET5 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SEP - Subtract End Point * * ENTRY JSR SEP * X = 0, if row or 2, if column * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEP = * ;entry SEC LDA ROWAC,X ;low value from which to su: SBC ENDPT STA ROWAC,X ;new low value LDA ROWAC+1,X ;hogh value from which to s: SBC ENDPT+1 STA ROWAC+1,X ;new high value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CRE - Check Cursor Range for Editor * * ENTRY JSR SEP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRE = * ;entry ; Check for mixed mode. LDA BOTSCR CMP #4 ;mixed mode indicator BEQ CCR ;if mixed mode, check cursor range,: ; Check for mode 0. LDA DINDEX ;mode BEQ CCR ;if mode 0, check ursor usage ; Open editor. JSR EOP ;perform editor OPEN ; JMP CCR ;check cursor range, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCR - Check Cursor Range * * ENTRY JSR CCR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCR = * ;entry LDA #39 CMP RMARGN ;right margin BCS CCR1 ;if 39 >= right margin STA RMARGN ;set right margin CCR1 LDX DINDEX LDA TMRC,X ;mode row count CMP ROWCRS ;cursor row BCC CCR5 ;if count > row position, e: BEQ CCR5 ;if count = row position, e: CPX #8 BNE CCR2 ;if not mode 8 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ CCR4 ;if high cursor column zero CMP #1 BNE CCR5 ;if >1, bad BEQ CCR3 ;if 1, check low CCR2 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BNE CCR5 ;if high cursor column non-: CCR3 LDA TMCC,X ;mode column count CMP COLCRS ;low cursor column BCC CCR5 ;if count > column position: BEQ CCR5 ;if count = column position: CCR4 LDA #SUCCES ;success indicator STA DSTAT ;indicate success LDA #BRKABT ;assume BREAK abort LDX BRKKEY ;BREAK key status STA BRKKEY ;clear BREAK key status BEQ CCR6 ;if BREAK RTS ;return ; Process range error. CCR5 JSR CHM ;move cursor home LDA #CRSROR ;indicate cursor overrange ; Exit. CCR6 STA DSTAT ;status PLA ;clean stack for return to : PLA LDA SWPFLG BPL CCR7 ;if not swapped JMP SWA ;swap, return CCR7 JMP SST ;return (to CIO) SPACE 4,10 ** ROD - Restore Old Data under Cursor * * ENTRY JSR ROD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ROD = * ;entry LDY #0 LDA OLDADR+1 BEQ ROD1 ;if page zero LDA OLDCHR ;old data STA (OLDADR),Y ROD1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMI - Initialize for Bit Map Operation * * BMI sets the bit mask in BITMSK and byte offset in : * * ENTRY JSR BMI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMI = * ;entry PHA ;save logical column AND #7 ;logical column modulo 8 TAX ;offset to bit mask LDA TBTM,X ;bit mask STA BITMSK ;set bit mask PLA ;logical column LSR A LSR A LSR A ;logical column divided by 8 TAX ;offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BLR - Rotate Logical Line Bit Map Left * * BLR rotates the logical line bit map left, scrollin: * logical lines up. * * ENTRY JSR BLR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLR = * ;entry ROL LOGMAP+2 ROL LOGMAP+1 ROL LOGMAP RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMP - Put Bit in Bit Map * * PUT CARRY INTO BITMAP * * ENTRY JSR BMP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMP = * ;entry BCC BMC ;if C clear, clear bit in bit map,: ; JMP BMS ;set bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** BMS - Set Bit in Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMS = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask op: LDA TABMAP,X ORA BITMSK ;set bit STA TABMAP,X ;update bit map RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMC - Clear Bit in Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMC = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask op: LDA BITMSK EOR #$FF AND TABMAP,X ;clear bit STA TABMAP,X ;update bit map RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BLG - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG = * ;entry LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row ; JMP BLG1 SPACE 4,10 ** BLG1 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG1 = * ;entry CLC ; JMP BLG2 SPACE 4,10 ** BLG2 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG2 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG2 = * ;entry ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: ; JMP BMG ;get bit from bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** BMG - Get Bit from Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMG * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMG = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask operation CLC LDA TABMAP,X AND BITMSK BEQ BMG1 SEC BMG1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIA - Convert Internal Character to ATASCII * * ENTRY JSR CIA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIA = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA CHAR ; Check mode. LDY DINDEX ;mode CPY #14 BCS CIA2 ;if mode >= 14 CPY #12 BCS CIA1 ;if mode 12 or 13 CPY #3 BCS CIA2 ;if mode >= 3 ; Convert internal character to ATASCII. CIA1 ROL A ROL A ROL A ROL A AND #3 TAX LDA CHAR ;character AND #$9F ;strip off cloumn address ORA TIAC,X ;or in new column address ; Exit. CIA2 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CIA3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** MLN - Move Line * * ENTRY JSR MLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 MLN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEX ;decrement (high) RAM size STX FRMADR+1 ;high source address STX TOADR+1 ;high destination address LDA #low [$0000-80] ;low RAM size - 80 STA FRMADR ;low source address LDA #low [$0000-40] ;low RAM size - 40 STA TOADR ;low destination address LDX ROWCRS ;cursor row ; Check for completion. MLN1 INX CPX BOTSCR ;screen bottom BEQ CIA3 ;if done, return ; Move line. LDY #39 ;offset to last byte MLN2 LDA (FRMADR),Y ;byte of source STA (TOADR),Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL MLN2 ;if not done ; Adjust source and destination addresses. SEC LDA FRMADR ;source address STA TOADR ;update destination address SBC #low 40 ;subtract 40 STA FRMADR ;update.source address LDA FRMADR+1 STA TOADR+1 SBC #high 40 STA FRMADR+1 ; Continue. JMP MLN1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** ELL - Extend Logical Line * * ENTRY JSR ELL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ELL = * ;entry PHP ;save bit LDY #22 ELL1 TYA JSR BLG1 PHP TYA CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]+1 ;add offset for log: PLP JSR BMP ;put bit in bit map DEY BMI ELL2 CPY ROWCRS ;cursor row BCS ELL1 ELL2 LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: PLP JMP BMP ;put bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLN - Clear Line * * ENTRY JSR CLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLN = * ;entry LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: SEC LDA RMARGN ;right margin SBC LMARGN ;subtract left margin TAY ;screen width LDA #0 CLN1 STA (ADRESS),Y DEY BPL CLN1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SCR - Scroll * * ENTRY JSR SCR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCR = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR BLR ;rotate logical line bit map left ; Check for fine scrolling. LDA FINE BEQ SCR5 ;if not fine scrolling SCR1 LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count BNE SCR1 ;if prior scroll not yet done LDA #8 STA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count ; Wait forscroll to complete. SCR2 LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count CMP #1 ;start of last scan BNE SCR2 ;if not done waiting SCR3 LDA VCOUNT CMP #$40 BCS SCR3 ;if not done waiting for safe place LDX #$0D LDA BOTSCR CMP #4 BNE SCR4 ;if not split screen LDX #$70 SCR4 CPX VCOUNT BCS SCR4 ;if not done waiting ; Exit. SCR5 JSR SMS ;set memory scan counter address ; JMP SSD ;scroll screen for delete, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSD - Scroll Screen for Delete * * ENTRY JSR SSD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSD = * ;entry ; Initialize LDA ADRESS ;address LDX ADRESS+1 ; Calculate number of bytes to move. SSD1 INX CPX RAMTOP BEQ SSD2 ;if at RAMTOP SEC SBC #$10 JMP SSD1 ;continue SSD2 ADC #39 ;(CLC and ADC #40) BNE SSD3 ;if byte count non-zero LDX ADRESS+1 INX CPX RAMTOP BEQ SSD6 ;if at RAMTOP CLC ADC #$10 ; Adjust address. SSD3 TAY ;number of bytes STA COUNTR SEC LDA ADRESS SBC COUNTR ;subtract STA ADRESS ;update low address BCS SSD4 ;if no borrow DEC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high address ; Move data down. SSD4 LDA ADRESS CLC ADC #40 STA COUNTR ;address + 40 LDA ADRESS+1 ADC #0 STA COUNTR+1 SSD5 LDA (COUNTR),Y ;byte to move STA (ADRESS),Y ;move byte INY BNE SSD5 ;if not done (256-=16 times) LDY #256-240 LDA ADRESS CMP #-40 BEQ SSD6 ;if all done CLC ADC #240 STA ADRESS ;update low address BCC SSD4 ;if no carry INC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high address BNE SSD4 ;continue ; Clear last line. SSD6 LDX RAMTOP DEX STX COUNTR+1 LDX #-40 STX COUNTR LDA #0 LDY #39 SSD7 STA (COUNTR),Y ;clear byte of last line DEY BPL SSD7 ;if not done ; JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SLC - Set Logical Column * * ENTRY JSR SLC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA LOGCOL ;initialize logical column LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA HOLD1 ;working row ; Search for beginning of line. SLC1 LDA HOLD1 ;add in row component JSR BLG1 BCS SLC2 ;if beginning of line found LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CLC ADC #40 ;add number of characters per line STA LOGCOL ;update logical column DEC HOLD1 ;decrement working row JMP SLC1 ;continue ; Add in cursor column. SLC2 CLC LDA LOGCOL ;logical column ADC COLCRS ;add low cursor column STA LOGCOL ;update logical column RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBC - Compute Buffer Count * * CBC computes the buffer count as the number of byte: * buffer start to the end of the logical line (with t: * spaces removed). * * ENTRY JSR CBC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBC = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SRC ;save row and column LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save logical column LDA BUFSTR ;start of buffer STA ROWCRS ;cursor row LDA BUFSTR+1 STA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDA #1 STA BUFCNT ;initialize buffer count ; Determine last line on screen. CBC1 LDX #23 ;normal last line on screen LDA SWPFLG BPL CBC2 ;if not swapped LDX #3 ;last line on screen ; Check for cursor on last line of screen. CBC2 CPX ROWCRS ;cursor row BNE CBC3 ;if cursor on last line LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE CBC3 ;if not at right margin INC BUFCNT ;fake SEA to avoid scrolling JMP CBC4 CBC3 JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor INC BUFCNT LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE CBC1 ;if not yet at left margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row JSR CLF ;move cursor left CBC4 JSR GDC ;get data under cursor BNE CBC6 ;if non-zero, quit DEC BUFCNT ;DECREMENT COUNTER LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ CBC6 ;if beginning of logical line, exit JSR CLF ;move cursor left LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE CBC5 ;if cursor column not right margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row CBC5 LDA BUFCNT BNE CBC4 ;if BUFCNT non-zero, continue CBC6 PLA ;saved logical column STA LOGCOL ;restore logical column JMP RRC ;restore row and column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SBS - Set Bufer Start and Logical Column * * ENTRY JSR SBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBS = * ;entry JSR SLC ;set logical column LDA HOLD1 STA BUFSTR LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA BUFSTR+1 SBS1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DQQ - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DQQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DQQ = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE DQQ1 ;if not at left margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row DQQ1 JSR SLC ;set logical column ; JMP DWQ SPACE 4,10 ** DWQ - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DWQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DWQ = * ;entry ; Check for left margin. LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ SBS1 ;if at left margin, return JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA RMARGN ;right margin SEC SBC LMARGN ;subtract left margin TAY ;offset to last byte DWQ1 LDA (ADRESS),Y BNE SBS1 DEY BPL DWQ1 ;if not done JMP DLN1 ;delete line, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCC - Check for Control Character * * ENTRY JSR CCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCC = * ;entry LDX #TCCRL-3 ;offset to last entry CCC1 LDA TCCR,X ;control character CMP ATACHR ;ATASCII character BEQ CCC2 ;if character found, exit DEX DEX DEX BPL CCC1 ;if not done, continue sear: CCC2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SRC - Save Row and Column * * ENTRY JSR SRC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SRC = * ;entry LDX #2 ;offset to last byte SRC1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column STA TMPROW,X ;save byte of cursor row/co: DEX BPL SRC1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** RRC - Restore Row and Column * * ENTRY JSR RRC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RRC = * ;entry LDX #2 ;offset to last byte RRC1 LDA TMPROW,X ;byte of saved cursor row/c: STA ROWCRS,X ;byte of row/column DEX BPL RRC1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SWA - Swap Cursor Position with Regular Cursor Posi: * * ENTRY JSR SWA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SWA = * ;entry ; Check for split screen. LDA BOTSCR ;screen bottom CMP #24 ;normal indicator BEQ SWA2 ;if not split screen ; Swap cursor parameters. LDX #11 ;offset to last byte SWA1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;destination cursor paramet: PHA ;save cursor parameter LDA TXTROW,X ;source cursor parameter STA ROWCRS,X ;update destination cursor : PLA ;saved cursor parameter STA TXTROW,X ;update source cursor param: DEX BPL SWA1 ;if not done ; Complement swap flag. LDA SWPFLG ;swap flag EOR #$FF ;complement swap flag STA SWPFLG ;update swap flag ; Exit. SWA2 JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** SKC - Sound Key Click * * ENTRY JSR SKC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SKC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #2*63 ;2 times trip count PHA ;save A ; Turn loudspeaker on. SKC1 STX CONSOL ;turn loudspeaker on ; Wait for VBLANK (loudspeaker off). LDA VCOUNT ;vertical line counter SKC2 CMP VCOUNT ;current vertical line counter BEQ SKC2 ;if vertical line not changed ; Decrement and check trip count. DEX DEX BPL SKC1 ;if not done ; Exit. PLA ;restore A RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SCL - Set Cursor at Left Edge * * ENTRY JSR SCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCL = * ;entry LDA #0 ;assume 0 LDX SWPFLG ;swap flag BNE SCL1 ;if not swapped LDX DINDEX ;mode BNE SCL2 ;if not mode 0 SCL1 LDA LMARGN ;use left margin instead of 0 SCL2 STA COLCRS ;set low cursor column RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SMS - Set Memory Scan Counter Address * * ENTRY JSR SMS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SMS = * ;entry LDA SAVMSC ;saved low memory scan coun: STA ADRESS ;saved low address LDA SAVMSC+1 ;saved high memory scan cou: STA ADRESS+1 ;set high address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSP - Perform Screen SPECIAL * * SSP draws a line from OLDROW/OLDCOL to NEWROW/NEWCO: * * ENTRY JSR SSP * * MODS * A. Miller * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSP = * ;entry ; Determine command. LDX #0 ;assume no fill LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #$11 ;DRAW command BEQ SSP2 ;if DRAW command CMP #$12 ;FILL command BEQ SSP1 ;if FILL command LDY #NVALID ;invalid command error RTS ;return SSP1 INX ;indicate fill SSP2 STX FILFLG ;right fill flag ; Set destination row/column. LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA NEWROW LDA COLCRS ;cursor column STA NEWCOL LDA COLCRS+1 STA NEWCOL+1 ; Compute row increment and difference. LDA #1 ;assume increment +1 STA ROWINC ;row increment STA COLINC ;column increment SEC LDA NEWROW ;destination row SBC OLDROW ;subtract source row STA DELTAR ;row difference BCS SSP3 ;if difference positive ; Set row increment to -1 and complement row differen: LDA #$FF ;increment -1 STA ROWINC ;update row increment LDA DELTAR ;row difference EOR #$FF CLC ADC #1 ;add 1 for 2's complement STA DELTAR ;update row difference ; Compute column increment and difference. SSP3 SEC LDA NEWCOL ;destination column SBC OLDCOL ;source column STA DELTAC ;column difference LDA NEWCOL+1 SBC OLDCOL+1 STA DELTAC+1 BCS SSP4 ;if difference positive ; Set column increment to -1 and complement column di: LDA #$FF ;increment -1 STA COLINC ;update column increment LDA DELTAC ;column difference EOR #$FF ;absolute value of column d: STA DELTAC ;update column difference LDA DELTAC+1 EOR #$FF STA DELTAC+1 INC DELTAC ;add 1 for 2's complement BNE SSP4 ;if no carry INC DELTAC+1 ;adjust for 2's complement SSP4 LDX #2 ;offset to last byte LDY #0 STY COLAC+1 ;zero high working column SSP5 TYA STA ROWAC,X ;zero byte of working row/c: LDA OLDROW,X ;byte of source row/column STA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column DEX BPL SSP5 ;if not done ; Determine difference. LDA DELTAC ;low column difference INX ;offset to working row TAY ;low column difference LDA DELTAC+1 ;high column difference STA COUNTR+1 ;initialize high iteration : STA ENDPT+1 ;initialize high end point BNE SSP6 ;if high column difference : LDA DELTAC ;low column difference CMP DELTAR ;row difference BCS SSP6 ;if column difference > row: LDA DELTAR ;row difference LDX #2 ;offset to working column TAY ;row difference SSP6 TYA ;low maximum difference STA COUNTR ;low iteration counter STA ENDPT ;low end point PHA ;save low end point LDA ENDPT+1 ;high end point LSR A ;C = LSB of high end point PLA ;saved low end point ROR A STA ROWAC,X ;low working row or column ; Check for iteration counter zero. SSP7 LDA COUNTR ;low iteration counter ORA COUNTR+1 ;or in high iteration count: BNE SSP8 ;if iteration counter is no: JMP SSP19 ;exit ; Update working row. SSP8 CLC LDA ROWAC ;working row ADC DELTAR ;row difference STA ROWAC ;update working row BCC SSP9 ;if no carry INC ROWAC+1 ;adjust high working row SSP9 LDA ROWAC+1 ;high working row CMP ENDPT+1 ;high end point BCC SSP11 ;if high working row < high: BNE SSP10 ;if high working row > high: LDA ROWAC ;low working row CMP ENDPT ;low end point BCC SSP11 ;if low working row < low e: SSP10 CLC LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row ADC ROWINC ;add row increment STA ROWCRS ;update cursor row LDX #0 ;indicate subtract from wor: JSR SEP ;subtract end pointer SSP11 CLC LDA COLAC ;low working column ADC DELTAC ;add column difference STA COLAC ;update working column LDA COLAC+1 ADC DELTAC+1 STA COLAC+1 CMP ENDPT+1 ;high end point BCC SSP15 ;if high working column < h: BNE SSP12 ;if high working column > h: LDA COLAC ;low working column CMP ENDPT ;low end point BCC SSP15 ;if low working column < lo: SSP12 BIT COLINC ;column increment BPL SSP13 ;if column increment positi: DEC COLCRS ;decrement low cursor colum: LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP #$FF BNE SSP14 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ SSP14 ;if zero, do not decrement DEC COLCRS+1 ;decrement high cursor colu: BPL SSP14 SSP13 INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor colum: BNE SSP14 ;if no carry INC COLCRS+1 ;adjust high cursor column SSP14 LDX #2 ;indicate subtract from wor: JSR SEP ;subtract end pointer ; Plot point. SSP15 JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR PLO ;plot point ; Check for right fill. LDA FILFLG ;right fill flag BEQ SSP18 ;if no right fill ; Process right fill. JSR SRC ;save row and column LDA ATACHR ;plot point STA HOLD4 ;save plot point SSP16 LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row PHA ;save cursor row JSR ACC ;advance cursor column PLA ;saved cursor row STA ROWCRS ;restore cursor row JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR GDC ;get data under cursor BNE SSP17 ;if non-zero data encounter: LDA FILDAT ;fill data STA ATACHR ;plot point JSR PLO ;plot point JMP SSP16 ;continue SSP17 LDA HOLD4 ;saved plot point STA ATACHR ;restore plot point JSR RRC ;restore row and column ; Subtract 1 from iteration counter. SSP18 SEC LDA COUNTR ;iteration counter SBC #1 ;subtract 1 STA COUNTR ;update iteration counter LDA COUNTR+1 SBC #0 STA COUNTR+1 ; Check for completion. BMI SSP19 ;if iteration counter negative, exi: JMP SSP7 ;continue ; Exit. SSP19 JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** TMSK - Table of Bit Masks TMSK DB $00 ;0 - mask for no bits DB $01 ;1 - mask for lower 1 bit DB $03 ;2 - mask for lower 2 bits DB $07 ;3 - mask for lower 3 bits SPACE 4,10 ** TDSC - Table of Default Screen Colors TDSC DB $28 ;default playfield 0 color DB $CA ;default playfield 1 color DB $94 ;default playfield 2 color DB $46 ;default playfield 3 color DB $00 ;default background color SPACE 4,10 ** TCCR - Table of Control Character Routines * * Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the contr: * character; the second and third bytes are the addre: * the routine which processes the control character. TCCR DB $1B DW ESC ;escape DB $1C DW CUP ;move cursor up DB $1D DW CDN ;move cursor down DB $1E DW CLF ;move cursor left DB $1F DW CRT ;move cursor right DB $7D DW CSC ;clear screen DB $7E DW BSP ;backspace DB $7F DW TAB ;tab DB $9B DW RWS ;return with scrolling DB $9C DW DLN ;delete line DB $9D DW ILN ;insert line DB $9E DW CTB ;clear tab DB $9F DW STB ;set tab DB $FD DW BEL ;sound bell DB $FE DW DCH ;delete character DB $FF DW ICH ;insert character TCCRL = *-TCCR ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TSFR - Table of Super Function (Shifted Function Ke: * * Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the super: * character; the second and third bytes are the addre: * routine which processes the super function. TSFR DB $1C DW CHM ;move cursor home DB $1D DW CBT ;move cursor to bottom DB $1E DW CLM ;move cursor to left margin DB $1F DW CRM ;move cursor to right margin SPACE 4,10 ** TAIC - Table of ATASCII to Internal Conversion Cons: TAIC DB $40 ;0 DB $00 ;1 DB $20 ;2 DB $60 ;3 SPACE 4,10 ** TIAC - Table of Internal to ATASCII Conversion Cons: TIAC DB $20 ;0 DB $40 ;1 DB $00 ;2 DB $60 ;3 SPACE 4,10 ** TCKD - Table of Character Key Definitions * * Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of key code n. TCKD = * ; Lower Case Characters DB $6C ;$00 - l DB $6A ;$01 - j DB $3B ;$02 - semicolon DB $8A ;$03 - F1 DB $8B ;$04 - F2 DB $6B ;$05 - k DB $2B ;$06 - + DB $2A ;$07 - * DB $6F ;$08 - o DB $80 ;$09 - (invalid) DB $70 ;$0A - p DB $75 ;$0B - u DB $9B ;$0C - return DB $69 ;$0D - i DB $2D ;$0E - - DB $3D ;$0F - = DB $76 ;$10 - v DB $80 ;$11 - (invalid) DB $63 ;$12 - c DB $8C ;$13 - F3 DB $8D ;$14 - F4 DB $62 ;$15 - b DB $78 ;$16 - x DB $7A ;$17 - z DB $34 ;$18 - 4 DB $80 ;$19 - (invalid) DB $33 ;$1A - 3 DB $36 ;$1B - 6 DB $1B ;$1C - escape DB $35 ;$1D - 5 DB $32 ;$1E - 2 DB $31 ;$1F - 1 DB $2C ;$20 - comma DB $20 ;$21 - space DB $2E ;$22 - period DB $6E ;$23 - n DB $80 ;$24 - (invalid) DB $6D ;$25 - m DB $2F ;$26 - / DB $81 ;$27 - inverse DB $72 ;$28 - r DB $80 ;$29 - (invalid) DB $65 ;$2A - e DB $79 ;$2B - y DB $7F ;$2C - tab DB $74 ;$2D - t DB $77 ;$2E - w DB $71 ;$2F - q DB $39 ;$30 - 9 DB $80 ;$31 - (invalid) DB $30 ;$32 - 0 DB $37 ;$33 - 7 DB $7E ;$34 - backspace DB $38 ;$35 - 8 DB $3C ;$36 - < DB $3E ;$37 - > DB $66 ;$38 - f DB $68 ;$39 - h DB $64 ;$3A - d DB $80 ;$3B - (invalid) DB $82 ;$3C - CAPS DB $67 ;$3D - g DB $73 ;$3E - s DB $61 ;$3F - a ; Upper Case Characters DB $4C ;$40 - L DB $4A ;$41 - J DB $3A ;$42 - colon DB $8A ;$43 - SHIFT-F1 DB $8B ;$44 - SHIFT-F2 DB $4B ;$45 - K DB $5C ;$46 - \ DB $5E ;$47 - ^ DB $4F ;$48 - O DB $80 ;$49 - (invalid) DB $50 ;$4A - P DB $55 ;$4B - U DB $9B ;$4C - SHIFT-return DB $49 ;$4D - I DB $5F ;$4E - _ DB $7C ;$4F - | DB $56 ;$50 - V DB $80 ;$51 - (invalid) DB $43 ;$52 - C DB $8C ;$53 - SHIFT-F3 DB $8D ;$54 - SHIFT-F4 DB $42 ;$55 - B DB $58 ;$56 - X DB $5A ;$57 - Z DB $24 ;$58 - $ DB $80 ;$59 - (invalid) DB $23 ;$5A - # DB $26 ;$5B - & DB $1B ;$5C - SHIFT-escape DB $25 ;$5D - % DB $22 ;$5E - " DB $21 ;$5F - ! DB $5B ;$60 - [ DB $20 ;$61 - SHIFT-space DB $5D ;$62 - ] DB $4E ;$63 - N DB $80 ;$64 - (invalid) DB $4D ;$65 - M DB $3F ;$66 - ? DB $81 ;$67 - SHIFT-inverse DB $52 ;$68 - R DB $80 ;$69 - (invalid) DB $45 ;$6A - E DB $59 ;$6B - Y DB $9F ;$6C - SHIFT-tab DB $54 ;$6D - T DB $57 ;$6E - W DB $51 ;$6F - Q DB $28 ;$70 - ( DB $80 ;$71 - (invalid) DB $29 ;$72 - ) DB $27 ;$73 - ' DB $9C ;$74 - SHIFT-delete DB $40 ;$75 - @ DB $7D ;$76 - SHIFT-clear DB $9D ;$77 - SHIFT-insert DB $46 ;$78 - F DB $48 ;$79 - H DB $44 ;$7A - D DB $80 ;$7B - (invalid) DB $83 ;$7C - SHIFT-CAPS DB $47 ;$7D - G DB $53 ;$7E - S DB $41 ;$7F - A ; Control Characters DB $0C ;$80 - CTRL-L DB $0A ;$81 - CTRL-J DB $7B ;$82 - CTRL-semicolon DB $80 ;$83 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$84 - (invalid) DB $0B ;$85 - CTRL-K DB $1E ;$86 - CTRL-left arrow DB $1F ;$87 - CTRL-right arrow DB $0F ;$88 - CTRL-O DB $80 ;$89 - (invalid) DB $10 ;$8A - CTRL-P DB $15 ;$8B - CTRL-U DB $9B ;$8C - CTRL-return DB $09 ;$8D - CTRL-I DB $1C ;$8E - CTRL-up arrow DB $1D ;$8F - CTRL-down arrow DB $16 ;$90 - CTRL-V DB $80 ;$91 - (invalid) DB $03 ;$92 - CTRL-C DB $89 ;$93 - CTRL-F3 DB $80 ;$94 - (invalid) DB $02 ;$95 - CTRL-B DB $18 ;$96 - CTRL-X DB $1A ;$97 - CTRL-Z DB $80 ;$98 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$99 - (invalid) DB $85 ;$9A - CTRL-3 DB $80 ;$9B - (invalid) DB $1B ;$9C - CTRL-escape DB $80 ;$9D - (invalid) DB $FD ;$9E - CTRL-2 DB $80 ;$9F - (invalid) DB $00 ;$A0 - CTRL-comma DB $20 ;$A1 - CTRL-space DB $60 ;$A2 - CTRL-period DB $0E ;$A3 - CTRL-N DB $80 ;$A4 - (invalid) DB $0D ;$A5 - CTRL-M DB $80 ;$A6 - (invalid) DB $81 ;$A7 - CTRL-inverse DB $12 ;$A8 - CTRL-R DB $80 ;$A9 - (invalid) DB $05 ;$AA - CTRL-E DB $19 ;$AB - CTRL-Y DB $9E ;$AC - CTRL-tab DB $14 ;$AD - CTRL-T DB $17 ;$AE - CTRL-W DB $11 ;$AF - CTRL-Q DB $80 ;$B0 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B1 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B2 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B3 - (invalid) DB $FE ;$B4 - CTRL-delete DB $80 ;$B5 - (invalid) DB $7D ;$B6 - CTRL-clear DB $FF ;$B7 - CTRL-insert DB $06 ;$B8 - CTRL-F DB $08 ;$B9 - CTRL-H DB $04 ;$BA - CTRL-D DB $80 ;$BB - (invalid) DB $84 ;$BC - CTRL-CAPS DB $07 ;$BD - CTRL-G DB $13 ;$BE - CTRL-S DB $01 ;$BF - CTRL-A SPACE 4,10 ** TFKD - Table of Function Key Definitions * * Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of adjusted funct: * code n. TFKD DB $1C ;0 - F1 key DB $1D ;1 - F2 key DB $1E ;2 - F3 key DB $1F ;3 - F3 key DB $8E ;4 - SHIFT-F1 key DB $8F ;5 - SHIFT-F2 key DB $90 ;6 - SHIFT-F3 key DB $91 ;7 - SHIFT-F4 key SPACE 4,10 ** KIR - Process Keyboard IRQ * * ENTRY JMP KIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TXA PHA ;save X TYA PHA ;save Y LDY PORTB ;port B memory control LDA KBCODE ;keyboard code CMP CH1 ;last key code BNE KIR1 ;if not last key code LDX KEYDEL ;keyboard debounce delay BNE KIR8 ;if delay not expired, tread as bou: ; Check for CTRL-F1. KIR1 LDX KEYDIS ;save keyboard disable flag CMP #CNTLF1 BNE KIR4 ;if not CTRL-F1 ; Process CTRL-F1 TXA ;keyboard disable flag EOR #$FF ;complelent keyboard disable flag STA KEYDIS ;update keyboard disable flag BNE KIR2 ;if keyboard disabled TYA ;port B memory control ORA #$04 ;turn off LED 1 BNE KIR3 ;update port B memory control KIR2 TYA ;port B memory control AND #$FB ;turn on LED 1 KIR3 TAY ;updated port B memory control BCS KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Check keyboard disable. KIR4 TXA ;keyboard disable flag BNE KIR9 ;if keyboard disabled, exit ; Get character. LDA KBCODE ;keyyboard code TAX ;character ; Check for CTRL-1. CMP #CNTL1 BNE KIR5 ;if not CTRL-1 ; Process CTRL-1. LDA SSFLAG ;start/stop flag EOR #$FF ;complement start/stop flag STA SSFLAG ;update start/stop flag BCS KIR7 ;make CTRL-1 invisible ; Check character. KIR5 AND #$3F ;mask off shift and control bits CMP #HELP BNE KIR10 ;if not HELP key ; Process HELP. STX HELPFG ;indicate HELP key pressed BEQ KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Process character. KIR6 STX CH ;key code STX CH1 ;reset previous key code ; Reset keyboard controls. KIR7 LDA #3 STA KEYDEL ;re-initialize for debounce LDA #0 STA ATRACT ;clear attract-mode timer/flag ; Prepare to exit. KIR8 LDA KRPDEL ;auto-repeat delay STA SRTIMR ;reset software key repeat timer LDA SDMCTL ;DMA control BNE KIR9 ;if DMA not disabled, exit LDA DMASAV ;saved DMA control STA SDMCTL ;DMA control ; Exit. KIR9 STY PORTB ;update port B memory control PLA ;saved Y TAY ;restore Y PLA ;saved X TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Check for CTRL-F2 or CTRL-F4. KIR10 CPX #CNTLF2 BEQ KIR12 ;if CTRL-F2 CPX #CNTLF4 BNE KIR6 ;if not CTRL-F4 ; Process CTRL-F4. LDA CHBAS ;character set base LDX CHSALT ;character set alternate STA CHSALT ;update character set alternate STX CHBAS ;update character set base CPX #high ICSORG ;high international charact: BEQ KIR11 ;if international character: TYA ;port B memory control ORA #$08 ;turn off LED 2 TAY ;updated port B memory control BNE KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls KIR11 TYA ;port B memory control AND #$F7 ;turn on LED 2 TAY ;updated port B memory control JMP KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Process CTRL-F2. KIR12 LDA SDMCTL ;DMA control BEQ KIR9 ;if disabled, exit STA DMASAV ;save DMA state LDA #0 ;disable DMA STA SDMCTL ;DMA control BEQ KIR9 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** FDL - Process Display List Interrupt for Fine Scrol: * * ENTRY JMP DFL * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, COLRSH was: * zero-page. * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, DRKMSK was: * zero-page. * * MODS * H. Stewart 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FDL = * ;entry PHA ;save A LDA COLOR2 ;playfield 2 color ; EOR COLRSH ;modify with attract-mode c: VFD 8\$4D,8\low COLRSH,8\high COLRSH ; AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode l: VFD 8\$2D,8\low DRKMSK,8\high COLRSH STA WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchroniz: STA COLPF1 ;playfield 1 color/luminanc: PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SUBTTL '$FCD8 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FCD8 SPACE 4,10 ** FCD8 - $FCD8 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, sound key cli: JMP SKC ;sound key click, return SUBTTL 'Cassette Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** CIN - Initialize Cassette * * ENTRY JSR CIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIN = * ;entry LDA #low B00600 ;indicate 600 baud STA CBAUDL ;cassette baud rate LDA #high B00600 STA CBAUDH ; JMP CSP ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CSP - Perform Cassette SPECIAL * * CSP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR CSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** COP - Perform Cassette OPEN * * ENTRY JSR COP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 COP = * ;entry ; Set Cassette IRG type. LDA ICAX2Z ;second auxiliary information STA FTYPE ;cassette IRG type ; Check OPEN mode. LDA ICAX1Z ;OPEN mode AND #$0C ;open for input and output bits CMP #$04 ;open for input bit BEQ OCI ;if open for input, process, return CMP #$08 ;open for output bit BEQ OCO ;if open for output, process, retur: ; Exit. RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** OCI - Open Cassette for Input * * ENTRY JSR OCI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCI = * ;entry ; Process open for input. LDA #0 ;indicate reading STA WMODE ;WRITE mode STA FEOF ;indicate no FEOF yet LDA #TONE2 ;tone for pressing PLAY JSR AUB ;alert user with beep BMI PBC1 ;if error ; Initialize cassette READ. ; JMP ICR ;initialize cassette READ, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICR - Initialize Cassette READ * * ENTRY JSR ICR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #MOTRGO ;motor on STA PACTL ;port A control ; Wait for leader read. LDX PALNTS LDY RLEADL,X ;low READ leader LDA RLEADH,X ;high READ leader TAX LDA #3 STA CDTMF3 JSR SETVBV ;set up VBLANK timer ICR1 LDA CDTMF3 BNE ICR1 ;if not done waiting ; Initialize. LDA #128 ;buffer size STA BPTR ;initialize buffer pointer STA BLIM ;initialize buffer limit JMP OCO2 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** PBC - Process BREAK for Cassette Operation * * ENTRY JSR PBC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PBC = * ;entry LDY #BRKABT ;BREAK abort error DEC BRKKEY ;reset BREAK key flag PBC1 LDA #0 ;indicate reading STA WMODE ;WRITE mode RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** OCO - Open Cassette for Output * * ENTRY JSR OCO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #$80 ;indicate writing STA WMODE ;WRITE mode LDA #TONE1 JSR AUB ;alert user with beep BMI PBC1 ;if error ; Set baud rate to 600. LDA #low B00600 ;600 baud STA $D204 LDA #high B00600 STA $D206 ; Write marks. LDA #$60 STA DDEVIC JSR SENDEV LDA #MOTRGO ;write 5 second blank tape STA PACTL ; Wait for leader written. LDX PALNTS LDY WLEADL,X LDA WLEADH,X TAX LDA #3 JSR SETVBV ;set VBLANK parameters LDA #$FF STA CDTMF3 OCO1 LDA BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag BEQ PBC ;if BREAK during write leader, proc: LDA CDTMF3 BNE OCO1 ;if not done waiting ; Initialize buffer pointer. LDA #0 STA BPTR ;buffer pointer ; Indicate success. OCO2 LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CGB - Perform Cassette GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR CGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CGB = * ;entry ; Check for EOF. LDA FEOF ;EOF flag BMI RCB3 ;if at EOF already ; Check for end of buffer. LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer CPX BLIM ;buffer limit BEQ RCB ;if end of buffer, read blo: ; Get next byte. LDA CASBUF+3,X ;byte INC BPTR ;increment pointer LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success CGB1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** RCB - Read Cassette Block * * ENTRY JSR RCB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RCB = * ;entry ; Perform READ. LDA #'R' ;read JSR SCB ;perform SIO on cassette buffer TYA BMI CGB1 ;if SIO error LDA #0 STA BPTR ;reset pointer LDX #$80 ;default number of bytes ; Check for header. LDA CASBUF+2 CMP #EOT BEQ RCB2 ;if header, read again ; Check for last record. CMP #DT1 BNE RCB1 ;if not last data record LDX CASBUF+130 ;number of bytes ; Set number of bytes. RCB1 STX BLIM ; Perform cassette GET-BYTE. JMP CGB ;perform cassette GET-BYTE,: ; Set EOF flag. RCB2 DEC FEOF ;set EOF flag ; Exit. RCB3 LDY #EOFERR ;end of file indicator RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CPB - Perform Cassette PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR CPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CPB = * ;entry ; Move data to buffer. LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer STA CASBUF+3,X ;data INC BPTR ;increment buffer pointer LDY #SUCCES ;assume success ; Check buffer full. CPX #127 ;offset to last byte of buf: BEQ CPB1 ;if buffer full RTS ;return ; Write cassette buffer. CPB1 LDA #DTA ;indicate data record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer LDA #0 STA BPTR ;reset buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CST - Perform Cassette STATUS * * ENTRY JSR CST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CST = * ;entry LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CCL - Perform Cassette CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR CCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCL = * ;entry ; Check mode. LDA WMODE ;WRITE mode BMI CCL2 ;if writing ; Process reading. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success ; Exit. CCL1 LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;stop motor RTS ;return ; Process writing. CCL2 LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer BEQ CCL3 ;if no data bytes in buffer STX CASBUF+130 ;number of bytes LDA #DT1 ;indicate data record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer BMI CCL1 ;if error, exit ; Zero buffer. CCL3 LDX #127 ;offset to last byte in buf: LDA #0 CCL4 STA CASBUF+3,X ;zero byte DEX BPL CCL4 ;if not done ; Write cassette buffer. LDA #EOT ;indicate EOT record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer ; Exit. JMP CCL1 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** AUB - Alert User with Beep * * ON ENTRY A= FREQ * * ENTRY JSR AUB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AUB = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA FREQ ;frequency ; Compute termination time of beep duration. AUB1 LDA RTCLOK+2 ;current time CLC LDX PALNTS ADC BEEPNX,X ;add constant for 1 second : TAX ;beep duration termination : ; Turn on speaker. AUB2 LDA #$FF STA CONSOL ;turn on speaker LDA #$00 ; Delay. LDY #$F0 AUB3 DEY BNE AUB3 ;if not done delaying ; Turn off speaker. STA CONSOL ;turn off speaker ; Delay. LDY #$F0 AUB4 DEY BNE AUB4 ;if not done delaying ; Check for beep duration termination time. CPX RTCLOK+2 ;compare current time BNE AUB2 ;if termination time not re: DEC FREQ ;decrement frequency BEQ AUB6 ;if all done, wait for anot: ; Compute termination time of beep separation. TXA CLC LDX PALNTS ADC BEEPFX,X ;add constant TAX ;beep separation terminatio: ; Wait for termination of beep separation. AUB5 CPX RTCLOK+2 ;compare current time BNE AUB5 ;if termination time not re: ; Beep again. BEQ AUB1 ;beep again ; Wait for key. AUB6 JSR WFK ;wait for key TYA ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WFK - Wait for Key * * ENTRY JSR WFK * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by not doing LDA #hig: * and LDA #low[KGB-1]. * Problem: bytes wasted by this being a subro: * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WFK = * ;entry LDA KEYBDV+5 ;keyboard GET-BYTE routine : PHA ;put address on stack LDA KEYBDV+4 PHA RTS ;invoke keyboard GET-BYTE r: SPACE 4,10 ** SCB - Perform SIO on Cassette Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SCB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCB = * ;entry STA DCOMND ;command LDA #high 131 STA DBYTHI ;buffer length LDA #low 131 STA DBYTLO LDA #high CASBUF STA DBUFHI ;buffer address LDA #low CASBUF STA DBUFLO LDA #$60 ;cassette bus ID STA DDEVIC LDA #0 STA DUNIT LDA #35 ;timeout STA DTIMLO LDA DCOMND ;command LDY #GETDAT ;assume SIO GET-DATA comman: CMP #READ BEQ SCB1 ;if READ command LDY #PUTDAT ;SIO PUT-DATA command SCB1 STY DSTATS ;SIO command LDA FTYPE ;IRG type STA DAUX2 ;second auxiliary informati: JSR SIOV ;vector to SIOV RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WCB - Write Cassette Buffer * * ENTRY JSR WCB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WCB = * ;entry STA CASBUF+2 ;record type LDA #$55 STA CASBUF+0 STA CASBUF+1 LDA #'W' ;write JSR SCB ;perform SIO on cassette bu: RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NTSC/PAL Constant Tables WLEADH DB high WLEADN ;high NTSC WRITE file leader DB high WLEADP ;high PAL WRITE file leader WLEADL DB low WLEADN ;low NTSC WRITE file leader DB low WLEADP ;low PAL WRITE file leader RLEADH DB high RLEADN ;high NTSC READ file leader DB high RLEADP ;high PAL READ file leader RLEADL DB low RLEADN ;low NTSC READ file leader DB low RLEADP ;low PAL READ file leader BEEPNX DB BEEPNN ;NTSC beep duration DB BEEPNP ;PAL beep duration BEEPFX DB BEEPFN ;NTSC beep separation DB BEEPFP ;PAL beep separation SUBTTL 'Printer Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** PIN - Initialize Printer * * ENTRY JSR PIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PIN = * ;entry LDA #30 ;30 second timeout STA PTIMOT ;printer timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** Printer Handler Address Data * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by tables and code. : * Immediate instructions should be used. PSTB DW DVSTAT ;status buffer address PPRB DW PRNBUF ;printer buffer address SPACE 4,10 ** PST - Perform Printer STATUS * * ENTRY JSR PST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PST = * ;entry LDA #4 ;4 bytes for status STA PBUFSZ ;buffer size LDX PSTB ;address of status buffer LDY PSTB+1 LDA #STATC ;status command STA DCOMND ;command STA DAUX1 JSR SDP ;set up DCB for printer JSR SIOV ;vector to SIO BMI PSP ;if error, return ; Exit. JSR STS ;set printer timeout from status ; JMP PSP ; return SPACE 4,10 ** PSP - Perform Printer SPECIAL * * PSP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR PSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PSP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** POP - Perform Printer OPEN * * ENTRY JSR POP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 POP = * ;entry JSR PST ;perform printer STATUS LDA #0 STA PBPNT ;clear pointer buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PPB - Perform Printer PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR PPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPB = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save data JSR PPM ;process print mode ; Put data in buffer. LDX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer PLA ;saved data STA PRNBUF,X ;put data in buffer INX ; Check for buffer full. CPX PBUFSZ ;printer buffer size BEQ PPP ;if buffer full, perform PU: ; Update printer buffer pointer. STX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer ; Check for EOL. CMP #EOL BEQ PPB1 ;if EOL, space fill ; Exit. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Space fill buffer. PPB1 LDA #' ' ;indicate space fill ; JMP FPB ;fill printer buffer, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** FPB - Fill Printer Buffer * * ENTRY JSR FPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FPB = * ;entry ; Fill printer buffer. FPB1 STA PRNBUF,X ;byte of printer buffer INX CPX PBUFSZ ;printer buffer size BNE FPB1 ;if not done ; Perform printer PUT. ; JMP PPP ;perform printer PUT, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** PPP - Perform Printer PUT * * ENTRY JSR PPP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPP = * ;entry ; Clear printer buffer pointer. LDA #0 STA PBPNT ;clear printer buffer pointer ; Set up DCB. LDX PPRB ;address of printer buffer LDY PPRB+1 JSR SDP ;set up DCB for printer ; Perform PUT. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCL - Perform Printer CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR PCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCL = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR PPM ;process print mode ; Check buffer pointer. LDA #EOL ;indicate EOL fill LDX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer BNE FPB ;if buffer pointer non-zero, fill b: ; Exit. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SDP - Set Up DCB for Printer * * ENTRY JSR SDP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDP = * ;entry STX DBUFLO ;low buffer address STY DBUFHI ;high buffer address LDA #PDEVN ;printer device bus ID STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA ICDNOZ ;device number STA DUNIT ;unit number LDA #$80 ;SIO WRITE command LDX DCOMND ;I/O direction CPX #STATC ;STATUS command BNE SDP1 ;if STATUS command LDA #$40 ;SIO READ command SDP1 STA DSTATS ;SIO command LDA PBUFSZ STA DBYTLO ;low buffer size LDA #0 STA DBYTHI ;high buffer size LDA PTIMOT STA DTIMLO ;device timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** STS - Set Printer Timeout from Status * * ENTRY JSR STS * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by this code's being : * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STS = * ;entry LDA DVSTAT+2 ;timeout STA PTIMOT ;set printer timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PPM - Process Print Mode * * PPM sets up the DCB according to the print mode. * * ENTRY JSR PPM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPM = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY #WRITE ;WRITE command LDA ICAX2Z ;print mode ; Determine buffer size. PPM1 CMP #NORMAL ;NORMAL mode BNE PPM2 ;if not NORMAL mode LDX #NBUFSZ ;NORMAL mode buffer size BNE PPM4 ;set buffer size PPM2 CMP #DOUBLE ;DOUBLE mode BNE PPM3 ;if not DOUBLE mode LDX #DBUFSZ ;DOUBLE mode buffer size BNE PPM4 ;set buffer size PPM3 CMP #SIDWAY ;SIDEWAYS mode BNE PPM5 ;if not SIDEWAYS mode, assume NORMA: LDX #SBUFSZ ;SIDEWAYS mode buffer size ; Set buffer size. PPM4 STX PBUFSZ ;set printer buffer size ; Set DCB command and mode. STY DCOMND ;command STA DAUX1 ;print mode RTS ;return ; Assume NORMAL mode. PPM5 LDA #NORMAL ;NORMAL mode BNE PPM1 ;set buffer size SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 ** VFR - Verify First 8K ROM * * ENTRY JSR VFR * * EXIT * C clear, if verified * set, if not verified * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VFR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #0 ;offset to first region to checksum STX STCHK ;initial sum is zero STX STCHK+1 ; Checksum ROM. VFR1 JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM CPX #12 BNE VFR1 ;if not done ; Compare result. LDA $C000 ;low checksum in ROM LDX $C001 ;high checksum in ROM ; JMP VCS ;verify checksum, return SPACE 4,10 ** VCS - Verify Checksum * * ENTRY JSR VCS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VCS = * ;entry CMP STCHK ;low checksum BNE VCS1 ;if low checksum bad CPX STCHK+1 ;high checksum BNE VCS1 ;if high checksum bad CLC ;indicate verified RTS ;return VCS1 SEC ;indicate not verified RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** VSR - Verify Second 8K ROM * * ENTRY JSR VSR * * EXIT * C clear, if verified * set, if not verified * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VSR = * ;entry LDX #0 STX STCHK ;initial sum is zero STX STCHK+1 LDX #12 ;offset to first region to checksum JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM LDA $FFF8 ;low checksum from ROM LDX $FFF9 ;high checksum from ROM JMP VCS ;verify checksum, return SPACE 4,10 ** CRR - Checksum Region of ROM * * ENTRY JSR CRR * X = offset * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRR = * ;entry ; Transfer range addresses. LDY #0 CRR1 LDA TARV,X STA STADR1,Y INX INY CPY #4 ;4 bytes for 2 addresses BNE CRR1 ;if not done ; Checksum range. LDY #0 CRR2 CLC LDA (STADR1),Y ADC STCHK STA STCHK BCC CRR3 ;if low value non-zero INC STCHK+1 ;adjust high value CRR3 INC STADR1 ;advance address BNE CRR4 ;if low address non-zero INC STADR1+1 ;adjust high address CRR4 LDA STADR1 ;current address CMP STADR2 ;end of range BNE CRR2 ;if not done LDA STADR1+1 CMP STADR2+1 BNE CRR2 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TARV - Table of Address Ranges to Verify TARV DW $C002,$D000 ;first 8K ROM, $C002 - $CFFF DW $5000,$5800 ;first 8K ROM, $D000 - $D7FF DW $D800,$E000 ;first 8K ROM, $D800 - $DFFF DW $E000,$FFF8 ;second 8K ROM, $E000 - $FFF7 DW $FFFA,$0000 ;second 8K ROM, $FFFA - $FFFF SUBTTL 'Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FFEE SPACE 4,10 ** Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum DB IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR ;date (day, month, year) DB IDCPU ;CPU series DB IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5 ;part number DB IDREV ;revision number DW $0000 ;reserved for checksum SUBTTL '6502 Machine Vectors' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FFFA SPACE 4,10 ** 6502 Machine Vectors DW NMI ;vector to process NMI DW RES ;vector to process RESET DW IRQ ;vector to process IRQ SPACE 4,10 END